blob: 24b8521c6c82182bf3344996e23b0138728105a0 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000017static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
18static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000019static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
20
21/*
22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
23 */
24 int
25get_indent()
26{
27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
28}
29
30/*
31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
32 */
33 int
34get_indent_lnum(lnum)
35 linenr_T lnum;
36{
37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
38}
39
40#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
41/*
42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
43 * "buf".
44 */
45 int
46get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
47 buf_T *buf;
48 linenr_T lnum;
49{
50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
51}
52#endif
53
54/*
55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
56 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
57 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000058 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000059get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
60 char_u *ptr;
61 int ts;
62{
63 int count = 0;
64
65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
66 {
67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
68 count += ts - (count % ts);
69 else if (*ptr == ' ')
70 ++count; /* count a space for one */
71 else
72 break;
73 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000074 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000075}
76
77/*
78 * Set the indent of the current line.
79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
80 * Caller must take care of undo.
81 * "flags":
82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
86 */
87 int
88set_indent(size, flags)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000089 int size; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000090 int flags;
91{
92 char_u *p;
93 char_u *newline;
94 char_u *oldline;
95 char_u *s;
96 int todo;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000097 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098 int line_len;
99 int doit = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000101 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000102 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000105
106 /*
107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
108 * characters needed for the indent.
109 */
110 todo = size;
111 ind_len = 0;
112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
113
114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
115 * isn't already set */
116
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and
118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the
119 * beginning of the line to be copied */
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000121 {
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
125 {
126 ind_done = 0;
127
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
130 {
131 if (*p == TAB)
132 {
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
137 break;
138 todo -= tab_pad;
139 ++ind_len;
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
141 }
142 else
143 {
144 --todo;
145 ++ind_len;
146 ++ind_done;
147 }
148 ++p;
149 }
150
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are
152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */
153 if (curbuf->b_p_et)
154 orig_char_len = ind_len;
155
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000159 {
160 doit = TRUE;
161 todo -= tab_pad;
162 ++ind_len;
163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
164 }
165 }
166
167 /* count tabs required for indent */
168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
169 {
170 if (*p != TAB)
171 doit = TRUE;
172 else
173 ++p;
174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
175 ++ind_len;
176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
177 }
178 }
179 /* count spaces required for indent */
180 while (todo > 0)
181 {
182 if (*p != ' ')
183 doit = TRUE;
184 else
185 ++p;
186 --todo;
187 ++ind_len;
188 /* ++ind_done; */
189 }
190
191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
193 return FALSE;
194
195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
197 p = oldline;
198 else
199 p = skipwhite(p);
200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000201
202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original
203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces
204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000205 if (orig_char_len != -1)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000206 {
207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len);
208 if (newline == NULL)
209 return FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000210 todo = size - ind_done;
211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in
212 * characters, which may have been
213 * undercounted until now */
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000214 p = oldline;
215 s = newline;
216 while (orig_char_len > 0)
217 {
218 *s++ = *p++;
219 orig_char_len--;
220 }
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000221
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less
223 * than old) */
224 while (vim_iswhite(*p))
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000225 ++p;
Bram Moolenaarcc00b952007-08-11 12:32:57 +0000226
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000227 }
228 else
229 {
230 todo = size;
231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
232 if (newline == NULL)
233 return FALSE;
234 s = newline;
235 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000236
237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
240 {
241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
244 {
245 p = oldline;
246 ind_done = 0;
247
248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
249 {
250 if (*p == TAB)
251 {
252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
255 if (todo < tab_pad)
256 break;
257 todo -= tab_pad;
258 ind_done += tab_pad;
259 }
260 else
261 {
262 --todo;
263 ++ind_done;
264 }
265 *s++ = *p++;
266 }
267
268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
270 if (todo >= tab_pad)
271 {
272 *s++ = TAB;
273 todo -= tab_pad;
274 }
275
276 p = skipwhite(p);
277 }
278
279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
280 {
281 *s++ = TAB;
282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
283 }
284 }
285 while (todo > 0)
286 {
287 *s++ = ' ';
288 --todo;
289 }
290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
291
292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
294 {
295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +0000301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000302 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000303 }
304 else
305 vim_free(newline);
306
307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000308 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000309}
310
311/*
312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
315 */
316 static int
317copy_indent(size, src)
318 int size;
319 char_u *src;
320{
321 char_u *p = NULL;
322 char_u *line = NULL;
323 char_u *s;
324 int todo;
325 int ind_len;
326 int line_len = 0;
327 int tab_pad;
328 int ind_done;
329 int round;
330
331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
334 {
335 todo = size;
336 ind_len = 0;
337 ind_done = 0;
338 s = src;
339
340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
342 {
343 if (*s == TAB)
344 {
345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
348 if (todo < tab_pad)
349 break;
350 todo -= tab_pad;
351 ind_done += tab_pad;
352 }
353 else
354 {
355 --todo;
356 ++ind_done;
357 }
358 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000359 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000360 *p++ = *s;
361 ++s;
362 }
363
364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
366 if (todo >= tab_pad)
367 {
368 todo -= tab_pad;
369 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000370 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000371 *p++ = TAB;
372 }
373
374 /* Add tabs required for indent */
375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
376 {
377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
378 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000379 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000380 *p++ = TAB;
381 }
382
383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
384 while (todo > 0)
385 {
386 --todo;
387 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000388 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389 *p++ = ' ';
390 }
391
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000392 if (p == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000393 {
394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
395 * and the rest of the line. */
396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
398 if (line == NULL)
399 return FALSE;
400 p = line;
401 }
402 }
403
404 /* Append the original line */
405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
406
407 /* Replace the line */
408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
409
410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
412 return TRUE;
413}
414
415/*
416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000419 */
420 int
421get_number_indent(lnum)
422 linenr_T lnum;
423{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000424 colnr_T col;
425 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000426 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000427
428 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
429 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000430 pos.lnum = 0;
431 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
432 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
433 {
434 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000435 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar91a4e822008-01-19 14:59:58 +0000436 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
437 (colnr_T)0, NULL))
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000438 {
439 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
440 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
441#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
442 pos.coladd = 0;
443#endif
444 }
445 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
446 }
447
448 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000449 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000450 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
451 return (int)col;
452}
453
454#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
455
456static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
457
458/*
459 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
460 */
461 static int
462cin_is_cinword(line)
463 char_u *line;
464{
465 char_u *cinw;
466 char_u *cinw_buf;
467 int cinw_len;
468 int retval = FALSE;
469 int len;
470
471 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
472 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
473 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
474 {
475 line = skipwhite(line);
476 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
477 {
478 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
479 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
480 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
481 {
482 retval = TRUE;
483 break;
484 }
485 }
486 vim_free(cinw_buf);
487 }
488 return retval;
489}
490#endif
491
492/*
493 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
494 *
495 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
496 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
497 *
498 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
499 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
500 * new line.
501 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
502 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
503 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
504 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
505 *
506 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
507 */
508 int
509open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
510 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
511 int flags;
512 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
513{
514 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
515 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
516 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
517 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
518 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
519 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
520 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
521 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
522 int n;
523 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
524 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
525#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
526 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
527 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
528 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
529 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
530#endif
531 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
532#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
533 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
534 char_u *p;
535#endif
536 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
537#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
538 pos_T *pos;
539#endif
540#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
541 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
542# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
543 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
544# endif
545 );
546 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
547 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
548#endif
549#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
550 int vreplace_mode;
551#endif
552 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
553 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
554
555 /*
556 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
557 */
558 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
559 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
560 return FALSE;
561
562#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
563 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
564 {
565 /*
566 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
567 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
568 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
569 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
570 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
571 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
572 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
573 */
574 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
575 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
576 else
577 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
578 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
579 goto theend;
580
581 /*
582 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
583 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
584 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
585 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
586 * etc) a bit later.
587 */
588 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
589 replace_push(NUL);
590 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
591 while (*p != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +0000592 {
593#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
594 if (has_mbyte)
595 p += replace_push_mb(p);
596 else
597#endif
598 replace_push(*p++);
599 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000600 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
601 }
602#endif
603
604 if ((State & INSERT)
605#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
607#endif
608 )
609 {
610 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
611#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
612 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
613 {
614 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
615 first_char = *p;
616 }
617#endif
618#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
619 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
620#endif
621 saved_char = *p_extra;
622 *p_extra = NUL;
623 }
624
625 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
626#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
627 did_si = FALSE;
628#endif
629 ai_col = 0;
630
631 /*
632 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
633 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
634 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
635 */
636 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
637 trunc_line = TRUE;
638
639 /*
640 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
641 * indent to use for the new line.
642 */
643 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
644#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
645 || do_si
646#endif
647 )
648 {
649 /*
650 * count white space on current line
651 */
652 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
653 if (newindent == 0)
654 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
655
656#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
657 /*
658 * Do smart indenting.
659 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
660 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
661 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
662 * "if (condition) {"
663 */
664 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
665 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
666 {
667 char_u *ptr;
668 char_u last_char;
669
670 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
671 ptr = saved_line;
672# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
673 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
674 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
675 else
676 lead_len = 0;
677# endif
678 if (dir == FORWARD)
679 {
680 /*
681 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
682 * recognised as comments.
683 */
684 if (
685# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
686 lead_len == 0 &&
687# endif
688 ptr[0] == '#')
689 {
690 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
691 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
692 newindent = get_indent();
693 }
694# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
695 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
696 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
697 else
698 lead_len = 0;
699 if (lead_len > 0)
700 {
701 /*
702 * This case gets the following right:
703 * \*
704 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
705 * *\
706 * #define IN_THE_WAY
707 * This should line up here;
708 */
709 p = skipwhite(ptr);
710 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
711 p++;
712 if (p[0] == '*')
713 {
714 for (p++; *p; p++)
715 {
716 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
717 {
718 /*
719 * End of C comment, indent should line up
720 * with the line containing the start of
721 * the comment
722 */
723 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
724 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
725 {
726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
727 newindent = get_indent();
728 }
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733 else /* Not a comment line */
734# endif
735 {
736 /* Find last non-blank in line */
737 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
738 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
739 --p;
740 last_char = *p;
741
742 /*
743 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
744 */
745 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
746 {
747 if (p > ptr)
748 --p;
749 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
750 --p;
751 }
752 /*
753 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
754 * lines. eg:
755 * if (condition &&
756 * condition) {
757 * Should line up here!
758 * }
759 */
760 if (*p == ')')
761 {
762 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
763 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
764 {
765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
766 newindent = get_indent();
767 ptr = ml_get_curline();
768 }
769 }
770 /*
771 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
772 * checking for "if" and the like.
773 */
774 if (last_char == '{')
775 {
776 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
777 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
778 }
779 /*
780 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
781 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
782 * '}'.
783 */
784 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
785 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
786 did_si = TRUE;
787 }
788 }
789 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
790 {
791 /*
792 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
793 * recognised as comments.
794 */
795 if (
796# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
797 lead_len == 0 &&
798# endif
799 ptr[0] == '#')
800 {
801 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
802
803 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
805 {
806 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
807 was_backslashed = TRUE;
808 else
809 was_backslashed = FALSE;
810 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
811 }
812 if (was_backslashed)
813 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
814 else
815 newindent = get_indent();
816 }
817 p = skipwhite(ptr);
818 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
819 did_si = TRUE;
820 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
821 can_si_back = TRUE;
822 }
823 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
824 }
825 if (do_si)
826 can_si = TRUE;
827#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
828
829 did_ai = TRUE;
830 }
831
832#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
833 /*
834 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
835 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
836 */
837 end_comment_pending = NUL;
838 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
839 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
840 else
841 lead_len = 0;
842 if (lead_len > 0)
843 {
844 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
845 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
846 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
847 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
848 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
849 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
850 int current_flag;
851 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
852 char_u *p2;
853
854 /*
855 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
856 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
857 */
858 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
859 {
860 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
861 {
862 require_blank = TRUE;
863 continue;
864 }
865 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
866 {
867 current_flag = *p;
868 if (*p == COM_START)
869 {
870 /*
871 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
872 */
873 if (dir == BACKWARD)
874 {
875 lead_len = 0;
876 break;
877 }
878
879 /* find start of middle part */
880 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
881 require_blank = FALSE;
882 }
883
884 /*
885 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
886 */
887 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
888 {
889 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
890 require_blank = TRUE;
891 ++p;
892 }
893 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
894
895 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
896 {
897 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
898 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
899 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
900 ++p;
901 }
902 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
903
904 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
905 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
906
907 /*
908 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
909 * the comment leader.
910 */
911 if (dir == FORWARD)
912 {
913 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
914 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
915 {
916 comment_end = p;
917 lead_len = 0;
918 break;
919 }
920 }
921
922 /*
923 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
924 */
925 if (lead_len > 0)
926 {
927 if (current_flag == COM_START)
928 {
929 lead_repl = lead_middle;
930 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
931 }
932
933 /*
934 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
935 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
936 * comment leader on the next line.
937 */
938 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
939 && ((p_extra != NULL
940 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
941 || (p_extra == NULL
942 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
943 || require_blank))
944 extra_space = TRUE;
945 }
946 break;
947 }
948 if (*p == COM_END)
949 {
950 /*
951 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
952 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
953 * start (for C-comments).
954 */
955 if (dir == FORWARD)
956 {
957 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
958 lead_len = 0;
959 break;
960 }
961
962 /*
963 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
964 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
965 */
966 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
967 --p;
968 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
969 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
970 ;
971 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
972
973 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
974 * the comment-end */
975 extra_space = TRUE;
976
977 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
978 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
979 {
980 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
981 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
982 }
983 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
984 {
985 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
986 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
987 p2++;
988 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
989 }
990 break;
991 }
992 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
993 {
994 /*
995 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
996 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
997 */
998 if (dir == BACKWARD)
999 lead_len = 0;
1000 else
1001 {
1002 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
1003 lead_repl_len = 0;
1004 }
1005 break;
1006 }
1007 }
1008 if (lead_len)
1009 {
1010 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
1011 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
1012 extra_len + 1);
1013 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
1014
1015 if (leader == NULL)
1016 lead_len = 0;
1017 else
1018 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00001019 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001020
1021 /*
1022 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
1023 */
1024 if (lead_repl != NULL)
1025 {
1026 int c = 0;
1027 int off = 0;
1028
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001029 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001030 {
1031 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001032 c = *p++;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001033 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
1034 off = getdigits(&p);
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001035 else
1036 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001037 }
1038 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
1039 {
1040 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
1041 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
1042 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
1043 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001044 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001045
1046#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1047 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1048 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1049 {
1050 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1051 lead_repl_len);
1052 int old_size = 0;
1053 char_u *endp = p;
1054 int l;
1055
1056 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1057 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001058 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001059 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1060 }
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00001061 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001062 if (l != 0)
1063 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1064 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1065 lead_len += l;
1066 }
1067#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001068 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1069 p = leader;
1070 else
1071 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001072#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001073 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1074 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1075 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1076
1077 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1078 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001079 {
1080#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1081 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1082
1083 if (l > 1)
1084 {
1085 p -= l;
1086 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1087 {
1088 p[1] = ' ';
1089 --l;
1090 }
1091 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1092 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1093 lead_len -= l;
1094 *p = ' ';
1095 }
1096 else
1097#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001098 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1099 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001100 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001101 }
1102 else /* left adjusted leader */
1103 {
1104 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001105#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1106 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1107 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1108 * not to be overwritten. */
1109 {
1110 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1111 lead_repl_len);
1112 int i;
1113 int l;
1114
1115 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1116 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001117 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001118 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1119 break;
1120 }
1121 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1122 {
1123 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
Bram Moolenaar2d7ff052009-11-17 15:08:26 +00001124 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader)));
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001125 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1126 }
1127 }
1128#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001129 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1130
1131 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1132 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1133 * remain the same. */
1134 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1135 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1136 {
1137 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1138 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1139 {
1140 --lead_len;
1141 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1142 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1143 }
1144 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001145 {
1146#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001147 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001148
1149 if (l > 1)
1150 {
1151 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1152 {
1153 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1154 * two spaces */
1155 --l;
1156 *p++ = ' ';
1157 }
1158 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1159 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1160 lead_len -= l - 1;
1161 }
1162#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001163 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001164 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001165 }
1166 *p = NUL;
1167 }
1168
1169 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1170 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1171#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1172 || do_si
1173#endif
1174 )
1175 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1176
1177 /* Add the indent offset */
1178 if (newindent + off < 0)
1179 {
1180 off = -newindent;
1181 newindent = 0;
1182 }
1183 else
1184 newindent += off;
1185
1186 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1187 * alignment remains equal. */
1188 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1189 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1190 {
1191 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1192 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1193 break;
1194 --lead_len;
1195 --off;
1196 }
1197
1198 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1199 * extra space */
1200 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1201 extra_space = FALSE;
1202 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1203 }
1204
1205 if (extra_space)
1206 {
1207 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1208 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1209 }
1210
1211 newcol = lead_len;
1212
1213 /*
1214 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1215 * is in the comment leader
1216 */
1217 if (newindent
1218#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1219 || did_si
1220#endif
1221 )
1222 {
1223 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1224 {
1225 --lead_len;
1226 --newcol;
1227 ++leader;
1228 }
1229 }
1230
1231 }
1232#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1233 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1234#endif
1235 }
1236 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1237 {
1238 /*
1239 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1240 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1241 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1242 * comment.
1243 */
1244 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1245 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1246#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1247 || do_si
1248#endif
1249 ))
1250 {
1251 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1252 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1253 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1254 {
1255 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1256 newindent = get_indent();
1257 }
1258 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1259 }
1260 }
1261 }
1262#endif
1263
1264 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1265 if (p_extra != NULL)
1266 {
1267 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1268
1269 /*
1270 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1271 * non-blank.
1272 *
1273 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1274 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1275 */
1276 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1277 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1278 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1279 {
1280 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1281#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1282 && (!enc_utf8
1283 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1284#endif
1285 )
1286 {
1287 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1288 replace_push(*p_extra);
1289 ++p_extra;
1290 ++less_cols_off;
1291 }
1292 }
1293 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1294 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1295
1296 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1297 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1298 }
1299
1300 if (p_extra == NULL)
1301 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1302
1303#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1304 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1305 if (lead_len)
1306 {
1307 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1308 p_extra = leader;
1309 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1310 less_cols -= lead_len;
1311 }
1312 else
1313 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1314#endif
1315
1316 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1317 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1318 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1319#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1320 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1321#endif
1322 {
1323 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1324 == FAIL)
1325 goto theend;
1326 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1327 * with markers. */
1328 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1329 did_append = TRUE;
1330 }
1331#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1332 else
1333 {
1334 /*
1335 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1336 */
1337 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1338 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1339 {
1340 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1341 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1342 */
1343 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1344 vr_lines_changed++;
1345 }
1346 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1347 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1348 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1349 did_append = FALSE;
1350 }
1351#endif
1352
1353 if (newindent
1354#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1355 || did_si
1356#endif
1357 )
1358 {
1359 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1360#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1361 if (did_si)
1362 {
1363 if (p_sr)
1364 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1365 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1366 }
1367#endif
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +00001368 /* Copy the indent */
1369 if (curbuf->b_p_ci)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001370 {
1371 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1372
1373 /*
1374 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1375 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1376 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1377 */
1378 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1379 }
1380 else
1381 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1382 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1383
1384 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1385
1386 /*
1387 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1388 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1389 */
1390 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1391 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1392 replace_push(NUL);
1393 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1394#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1395 if (no_si)
1396 did_si = FALSE;
1397#endif
1398 }
1399
1400#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1401 /*
1402 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1403 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1404 */
1405 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1406 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1407 replace_push(NUL);
1408#endif
1409
1410 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1411
1412 if (dir == FORWARD)
1413 {
1414 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1415 {
1416 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1417 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1418 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1419 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1420 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1421 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1422 saved_line = NULL;
1423 if (did_append)
1424 {
1425 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1426 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1427 did_append = FALSE;
1428
1429 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1430 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1431 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1432 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1433 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1434 }
1435 else
1436 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1437 }
1438
1439 /*
1440 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1441 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1442 */
1443 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1444 }
1445 if (did_append)
1446 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1447
1448 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1449#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1450 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1451#endif
1452
1453#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1454 /*
1455 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1456 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1457 * normal INSERT mode.
1458 */
1459 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1460 {
1461 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1462 State = INSERT;
1463 }
1464 else
1465 vreplace_mode = 0;
1466#endif
1467#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1468 /*
1469 * May do lisp indenting.
1470 */
1471 if (!p_paste
1472# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1473 && leader == NULL
1474# endif
1475 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1476 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1477 {
1478 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1479 p = ml_get_curline();
1480 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1481 }
1482#endif
1483#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1484 /*
1485 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1486 */
1487 if (!p_paste
1488 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1489# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1490 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1491# endif
1492 )
1493 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1494 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1495 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1496 {
1497 do_c_expr_indent();
1498 p = ml_get_curline();
1499 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1500 }
1501#endif
1502#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1503 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1504 State = vreplace_mode;
1505#endif
1506
1507#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1508 /*
1509 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1510 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1511 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1512 */
1513 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1514 {
1515 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1516 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1517 if (p_extra == NULL)
1518 goto theend;
1519
1520 /* Put back original line */
1521 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1522
1523 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1524 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1525#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1526 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1527#endif
1528 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1529 vim_free(p_extra);
1530 next_line = NULL;
1531 }
1532#endif
1533
1534 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1535theend:
1536 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1537 vim_free(saved_line);
1538 vim_free(next_line);
1539 vim_free(allocated);
1540 return retval;
1541}
1542
1543#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1544/*
1545 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1546 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1547 * returned.
1548 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1549 * comment leader.
1550 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1551 */
1552 int
1553get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1554 char_u *line;
1555 char_u **flags;
1556 int backward;
1557{
1558 int i, j;
1559 int got_com = FALSE;
1560 int found_one;
1561 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1562 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1563 char_u *list;
1564
1565 i = 0;
1566 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1567 ++i;
1568
1569 /*
1570 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1571 */
1572 while (line[i])
1573 {
1574 /*
1575 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1576 */
1577 found_one = FALSE;
1578 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1579 {
1580 /*
1581 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
1582 * put string at start of string.
1583 */
1584 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
1585 *flags = list;
1586 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1587 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1588 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1589 continue;
1590 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1591
1592 /*
1593 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
1594 * nested comments.
1595 */
1596 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1597 continue;
1598
1599 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
1600 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1601 continue;
1602
1603 /*
1604 * Line contents and string must match.
1605 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1606 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
1607 * TABs and spaces).
1608 */
1609 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1610 {
1611 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
1612 continue;
1613 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1614 ++string;
1615 }
1616 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1617 ;
1618 if (string[j] != NUL)
1619 continue;
1620
1621 /*
1622 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1623 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
1624 */
1625 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1626 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1627 continue;
1628
1629 /*
1630 * We have found a match, stop searching.
1631 */
1632 i += j;
1633 got_com = TRUE;
1634 found_one = TRUE;
1635 break;
1636 }
1637
1638 /*
1639 * No match found, stop scanning.
1640 */
1641 if (!found_one)
1642 break;
1643
1644 /*
1645 * Include any trailing white space.
1646 */
1647 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1648 ++i;
1649
1650 /*
1651 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
1652 */
1653 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1654 break;
1655 }
1656 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1657}
1658#endif
1659
1660/*
1661 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1662 */
1663 int
1664plines(lnum)
1665 linenr_T lnum;
1666{
1667 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1668}
1669
1670 int
1671plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1672 win_T *wp;
1673 linenr_T lnum;
1674 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1675{
1676#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1677 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1678 * is one line anyway. */
1679 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1680}
1681
1682 int
1683plines_nofill(lnum)
1684 linenr_T lnum;
1685{
1686 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1687}
1688
1689 int
1690plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1691 win_T *wp;
1692 linenr_T lnum;
1693 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1694{
1695#endif
1696 int lines;
1697
1698 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1699 return 1;
1700
1701#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1702 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1703 return 1;
1704#endif
1705
1706#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1707 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1708 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1709 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1710 return 1;
1711#endif
1712
1713 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1714 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1715 return (int)wp->w_height;
1716 return lines;
1717}
1718
1719/*
1720 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1721 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1722 */
1723 int
1724plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1725 win_T *wp;
1726 linenr_T lnum;
1727{
1728 char_u *s;
1729 long col;
1730 int width;
1731
1732 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1733 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1734 return 1;
1735 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1736
1737 /*
1738 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1739 * extra column.
1740 */
1741 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1742 col += 1;
1743
1744 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001745 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001746 */
1747 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1748 if (width <= 0)
1749 return 32000;
1750 if (col <= width)
1751 return 1;
1752 col -= width;
1753 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1754 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1755}
1756
1757/*
1758 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1759 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1760 */
1761 int
1762plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1763 win_T *wp;
1764 linenr_T lnum;
1765 long column;
1766{
1767 long col;
1768 char_u *s;
1769 int lines = 0;
1770 int width;
1771
1772#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1773 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1774 * is one line anyway. */
1775 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1776#endif
1777
1778 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1779 return lines + 1;
1780
1781#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1782 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1783 return lines + 1;
1784#endif
1785
1786 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1787
1788 col = 0;
1789 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1790 {
1791 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001792 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001793 }
1794
1795 /*
1796 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1797 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1798 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1799 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1800 * 'ts') -- webb.
1801 */
1802 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1803 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1804
1805 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001806 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001807 */
1808 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
Bram Moolenaar26470632006-10-24 19:12:40 +00001809 if (width <= 0)
1810 return 9999;
1811
1812 lines += 1;
1813 if (col > width)
1814 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
1815 return lines;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001816}
1817
1818 int
1819plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1820 win_T *wp;
1821 linenr_T first, last;
1822{
1823 int count = 0;
1824
1825 while (first <= last)
1826 {
1827#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1828 int x;
1829
1830 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1831 * that are maybe folded. */
1832 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1833 if (x > 0)
1834 {
1835 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1836 first += x;
1837 }
1838 else
1839#endif
1840 {
1841#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1842 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1843 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1844 else
1845#endif
1846 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1847 ++first;
1848 }
1849 }
1850 return (count);
1851}
1852
1853#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1854/*
1855 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1856 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1857 */
1858 void
1859ins_bytes(p)
1860 char_u *p;
1861{
1862 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1863}
1864#endif
1865
1866#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1867 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1868/*
1869 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1870 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1871 */
1872 void
1873ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1874 char_u *p;
1875 int len;
1876{
1877 int i;
1878# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1879 int n;
1880
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001881 if (has_mbyte)
1882 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1883 {
1884 if (enc_utf8)
1885 /* avoid reading past p[len] */
1886 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i);
1887 else
1888 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
1889 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1890 }
1891 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001892# endif
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001893 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1894 ins_char(p[i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001895}
1896#endif
1897
1898/*
1899 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1900 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1901 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1902 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1903 * convert bytes to a character.
1904 */
1905 void
1906ins_char(c)
1907 int c;
1908{
1909#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1910 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1911 int n;
1912
1913 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1914
1915 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1916 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1917 if (buf[0] == 0)
1918 buf[0] = '\n';
1919
1920 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1921}
1922
1923 void
1924ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1925 char_u *buf;
1926 int charlen;
1927{
1928 int c = buf[0];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001929#endif
1930 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1931 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1932 char_u *p;
1933 char_u *newp;
1934 char_u *oldp;
1935 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1936 colnr_T col;
1937 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1938 int i;
1939
1940#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1941 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1942 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1943 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1944#endif
1945
1946 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1947 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1948 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1949
1950 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1951 oldlen = 0;
1952#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1953 newlen = charlen;
1954#else
1955 newlen = 1;
1956#endif
1957
1958 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1959 {
1960#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1961 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1962 {
1963 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1964 colnr_T vcol;
1965 int old_list;
1966#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1967 char_u buf[2];
1968#endif
1969
1970 /*
1971 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1972 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1973 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1974 */
1975 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1976 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
1977 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1978
1979 /*
1980 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
1981 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
1982 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
1983 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
1984 */
1985 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
1986#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1987 buf[0] = c;
1988 buf[1] = NUL;
1989#endif
1990 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
1991 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
1992 {
1993 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
1994 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
1995 * position. */
1996 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
1997 break;
1998#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001999 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002000#else
2001 ++oldlen;
2002#endif
2003 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
2004 if (vcol > new_vcol)
2005 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
2006 }
2007 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
2008 }
2009 else
2010#endif
2011 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
2012 {
2013 /* normal replace */
2014#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002015 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002016#else
2017 oldlen = 1;
2018#endif
2019 }
2020
2021
2022 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
2023 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
2024 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
2025 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
2026 replace_push(NUL);
2027 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
2028 {
2029#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002030 if (has_mbyte)
2031 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1;
2032 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033#endif
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002034 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002035 }
2036 }
2037
2038 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
2039 if (newp == NULL)
2040 return;
2041
2042 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
2043 if (col > 0)
2044 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2045
2046 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2047 p = newp + col;
2048 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2049 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2050
2051 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2052#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2053 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2054 i = charlen;
2055#else
2056 *p = c;
2057 i = 1;
2058#endif
2059
2060 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2061 while (i < newlen)
2062 p[i++] = ' ';
2063
2064 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2065 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2066
2067 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2068 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2069
2070 /*
2071 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2072 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2073 */
2074 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2075 && msg_silent == 0
2076#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2077 && charlen == 1
2078#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002079#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2080 && !ins_compl_active()
2081#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002082 )
2083 showmatch(c);
2084
2085#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2086 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2087#endif
2088 {
2089 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2090#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2091 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2092#else
2093 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2094#endif
2095 }
2096 /*
2097 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2098 */
2099}
2100
2101/*
2102 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2103 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2104 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2105 */
2106 void
2107ins_str(s)
2108 char_u *s;
2109{
2110 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2111 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2112 int oldlen;
2113 colnr_T col;
2114 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2115
2116#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2117 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2118 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2119#endif
2120
2121 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2122 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2123 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2124
2125 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2126 if (newp == NULL)
2127 return;
2128 if (col > 0)
2129 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2130 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2131 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2132 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2133 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2134 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2135}
2136
2137/*
2138 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2139 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2140 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2141 *
2142 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2143 */
2144 int
2145del_char(fixpos)
2146 int fixpos;
2147{
2148#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2149 if (has_mbyte)
2150 {
2151 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2152 mb_adjust_cursor();
2153 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2154 return FAIL;
2155 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2156 }
2157#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002158 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002159}
2160
2161#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2162/*
2163 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2164 */
2165 int
2166del_chars(count, fixpos)
2167 long count;
2168 int fixpos;
2169{
2170 long bytes = 0;
2171 long i;
2172 char_u *p;
2173 int l;
2174
2175 p = ml_get_cursor();
2176 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2177 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002178 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002179 bytes += l;
2180 p += l;
2181 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002182 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002183}
2184#endif
2185
2186/*
2187 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2188 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2189 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2190 *
2191 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2192 */
2193 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002194del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002195 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002196 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar78a15312009-05-15 19:33:18 +00002197 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002198{
2199 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2200 colnr_T oldlen;
2201 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2202 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2203 int was_alloced;
2204 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002205 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002206
2207 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2208 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2209
2210 /*
2211 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2212 */
2213 if (col >= oldlen)
2214 return FAIL;
2215
2216#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2217 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2218 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002219 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2220 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002221 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002222 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002223 int n;
2224
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002225 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2226 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002227 {
2228 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2229 n = col;
2230 do
2231 {
2232 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002233 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002234 n += count;
2235 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2236 fixpos = 0;
2237 }
2238 }
2239#endif
2240
2241 /*
2242 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2243 */
2244 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2245 if (movelen <= 1)
2246 {
2247 /*
2248 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002249 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2250 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002251 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002252 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2253#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2254 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2255#endif
2256 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002257 {
2258 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2259#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2260 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2261#endif
2262#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2263 if (has_mbyte)
2264 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2265 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2266#endif
2267 }
2268 count = oldlen - col;
2269 movelen = 1;
2270 }
2271
2272 /*
2273 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2274 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002275 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke
2276 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take
2277 * care of notifiying Netbeans.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002278 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002279#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
Bram Moolenaarb26e6322010-05-22 21:34:09 +02002280 if (netbeans_active())
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002281 was_alloced = FALSE;
2282 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002283#endif
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002284 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002285 if (was_alloced)
2286 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2287 else
2288 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2289 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2290 if (newp == NULL)
2291 return FAIL;
2292 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2293 }
2294 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2295 if (!was_alloced)
2296 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2297
2298 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2299 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2300
2301 return OK;
2302}
2303
2304/*
2305 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2306 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2307 *
2308 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2309 */
2310 int
2311truncate_line(fixpos)
2312 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2313{
2314 char_u *newp;
2315 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2316 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2317
2318 if (col == 0)
2319 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2320 else
2321 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2322
2323 if (newp == NULL)
2324 return FAIL;
2325
2326 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2327
2328 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2329 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2330
2331 /*
2332 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2333 */
2334 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2335 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2336
2337 return OK;
2338}
2339
2340/*
2341 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2342 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2343 */
2344 void
2345del_lines(nlines, undo)
2346 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2347 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2348{
2349 long n;
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002350 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002351
2352 if (nlines <= 0)
2353 return;
2354
2355 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002356 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002357 return;
2358
2359 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2360 {
2361 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2362 break;
2363
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002364 ml_delete(first, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002365 ++n;
2366
2367 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002368 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002369 break;
2370 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002371
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002372 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may
2373 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002374 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2375 check_cursor_lnum();
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002376
2377 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2378 deleted_lines_mark(first, n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002379}
2380
2381 int
2382gchar_pos(pos)
2383 pos_T *pos;
2384{
2385 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2386
2387#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2388 if (has_mbyte)
2389 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2390#endif
2391 return (int)*ptr;
2392}
2393
2394 int
2395gchar_cursor()
2396{
2397#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2398 if (has_mbyte)
2399 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2400#endif
2401 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2402}
2403
2404/*
2405 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2406 * It is directly written into the block.
2407 */
2408 void
2409pchar_cursor(c)
2410 int c;
2411{
2412 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2413 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2414}
2415
2416#if 0 /* not used */
2417/*
2418 * Put *pos at end of current buffer
2419 */
2420 void
2421goto_endofbuf(pos)
2422 pos_T *pos;
2423{
2424 char_u *p;
2425
2426 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
2427 pos->col = 0;
2428 p = ml_get(pos->lnum);
2429 while (*p++)
2430 ++pos->col;
2431}
2432#endif
2433
2434/*
2435 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2436 * non-blank in the line.
2437 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2438 * the line.
2439 */
2440 int
2441inindent(extra)
2442 int extra;
2443{
2444 char_u *ptr;
2445 colnr_T col;
2446
2447 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2448 ++ptr;
2449 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2450 return TRUE;
2451 else
2452 return FALSE;
2453}
2454
2455/*
2456 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2457 */
2458 char_u *
2459skip_to_option_part(p)
2460 char_u *p;
2461{
2462 if (*p == ',')
2463 ++p;
2464 while (*p == ' ')
2465 ++p;
2466 return p;
2467}
2468
2469/*
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002470 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002471 *
2472 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2473 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002474 *
2475 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002476 */
2477 void
2478changed()
2479{
2480#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2481 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2482 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2483 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2484 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2485 return;
2486 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2487#endif
2488
2489 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2490 {
2491 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2492
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002493 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
2494 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002495 change_warning(0);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002496
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002497 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2498 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2499 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2500#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2501 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2502#endif
2503 )
2504 {
2505 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2506
2507 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2508 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2509 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2510 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2511 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2512 {
2513 out_flush();
2514 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2515 wait_return(TRUE);
2516 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2517 }
2518 }
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002519 changed_int();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002520 }
2521 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002522}
2523
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002524/*
2525 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction.
2526 */
2527 void
2528changed_int()
2529{
2530 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
2531 ml_setflags(curbuf);
2532#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2533 check_status(curbuf);
2534 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
2535#endif
2536#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2537 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2538#endif
2539}
2540
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002541static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2542static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002543static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2544
2545/*
2546 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2547 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2548 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2549 * - invalidates cached values
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002550 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002551 */
2552 void
2553changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2554 linenr_T lnum;
2555 colnr_T col;
2556{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002557 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002558 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002559
2560#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2561 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2562 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2563 {
2564 win_T *wp;
2565 linenr_T wlnum;
2566
2567 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2568 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2569 {
2570 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2571 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2572 if (wlnum > 0)
2573 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2574 }
2575 }
2576#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002577}
2578
2579 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002580changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2581 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002582 linenr_T lnum;
2583{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002584 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002585 {
2586 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002587 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2588 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2589 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2590 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002591 }
2592 else
2593 {
2594 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002595 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2596 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2597 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2598 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002599 }
2600}
2601
2602/*
2603 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2604 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2605 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2606 */
2607 void
2608appended_lines(lnum, count)
2609 linenr_T lnum;
2610 long count;
2611{
2612 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2613}
2614
2615/*
2616 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2617 */
2618 void
2619appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2620 linenr_T lnum;
2621 long count;
2622{
2623 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2624 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2625}
2626
2627/*
2628 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2629 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2630 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2631 */
2632 void
2633deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2634 linenr_T lnum;
2635 long count;
2636{
2637 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2638}
2639
2640/*
2641 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002642 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may
2643 * be triggered to display the cursor.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002644 */
2645 void
2646deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2647 linenr_T lnum;
2648 long count;
2649{
2650 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2651 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2652}
2653
2654/*
2655 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2656 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2657 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2658 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2659 * - invalidate cached values
2660 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2661 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2662 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2663 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002664 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002665 */
2666 void
2667changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2668 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2669 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2670 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2671 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2672{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002673 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2674
2675#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2676 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2677 {
2678 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2679 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2680 * displaying. */
2681 win_T *wp;
2682 linenr_T wlnum;
2683
2684 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2685 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2686 {
2687 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2688 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2689 if (wlnum > 0)
2690 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2691 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2692 }
2693 }
2694#endif
2695
2696 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2697}
2698
2699 static void
2700changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2701 buf_T *buf;
2702 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2703 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2704 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2705{
2706 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002707 {
2708 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002709 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2710 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2711 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002712 {
2713 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002714 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2715 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2716 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002717 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002718 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2719 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2720 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002721 }
2722 else
2723 {
2724 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002725 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2726 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2727 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2728 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002729 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002730}
2731
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002732/*
2733 * Common code for when a change is was made.
2734 * See changed_lines() for the arguments.
2735 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
2736 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002737 static void
2738changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2739 linenr_T lnum;
2740 colnr_T col;
2741 linenr_T lnume;
2742 long xtra;
2743{
2744 win_T *wp;
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002745#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2746 tabpage_T *tp;
2747#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002748 int i;
2749#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2750 int cols;
2751 pos_T *p;
2752 int add;
2753#endif
2754
2755 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2756 changed();
2757
2758 /* set the '. mark */
2759 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2760 {
2761 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2762 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2763
2764#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2765 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2766 * don't have an entry yet. */
2767 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2768 {
2769 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2770 add = TRUE;
2771 else
2772 {
2773 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2774 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2775 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2776 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2777 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2778 add = TRUE;
2779 else
2780 {
2781 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2782 if (cols == 0)
2783 cols = 79;
2784 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2785 }
2786 }
2787 if (add)
2788 {
2789 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2790 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2791 * position in the changelist. */
2792 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2793
2794 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2795 {
2796 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2797 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2798 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2799 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002800 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002801 {
2802 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2803 * this buffer. */
2804 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2805 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2806 }
2807 }
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002808 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002809 {
2810 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2811 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2812 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2813 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2814 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2815 }
2816 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2817 }
2818 }
2819 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2820 curbuf->b_last_change;
2821 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2822 * takes you back to it. */
2823 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2824#endif
2825 }
2826
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002827 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002828 {
2829 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2830 {
2831 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2832 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2833 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2834
2835 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2836 * values for the cursor. */
2837#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2838 /*
2839 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2840 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2841 */
2842 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2843
2844 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2845 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2846 * might be displayed differently.
2847 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2848 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2849 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2850 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2851 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2852 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2853 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2854 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2855
2856 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2857 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2858 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2859 {
2860 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2861 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2862 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2863 }
2864#endif
2865
2866 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2867 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2868 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2869 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2870 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2871 {
2872 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2873 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2874 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2875 }
2876
2877 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2878 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2879 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2880 * after the change. */
2881 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2882 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2883 {
2884 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2885 {
2886 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2887 {
2888 /* line included in change */
2889 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2890 }
2891 else if (xtra != 0)
2892 {
2893 /* line below change */
2894 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2895#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2896 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2897#endif
2898 }
2899 }
2900#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2901 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2902 {
2903 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2904 * may need to be redrawn */
2905 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2906 }
2907#endif
2908 }
Bram Moolenaar3234cc62009-11-03 17:47:12 +00002909
2910#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2911 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have
2912 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */
2913 if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
2914 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline);
2915#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002916 }
2917 }
2918
2919 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2920 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2921 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2922 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002923
2924#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2925 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
Bram Moolenaare163f1c2006-10-17 09:12:21 +00002926 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2927 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002928 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2929#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002930}
2931
2932/*
2933 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2934 */
2935 void
2936unchanged(buf, ff)
2937 buf_T *buf;
2938 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2939{
2940 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
2941 {
2942 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002943 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002944 if (ff)
2945 save_file_ff(buf);
2946#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2947 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002948 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002949#endif
2950#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2951 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2952#endif
2953 }
2954 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002955#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2956 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2957#endif
2958}
2959
2960#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2961/*
2962 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2963 * need to be updated
2964 */
2965 void
2966check_status(buf)
2967 buf_T *buf;
2968{
2969 win_T *wp;
2970
2971 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2972 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2973 {
2974 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2975 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2976 must_redraw = VALID;
2977 }
2978}
2979#endif
2980
2981/*
2982 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2983 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2984 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002985 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002986 * will be TRUE.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002987 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002988 */
2989 void
2990change_warning(col)
2991 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2992 mode and 'showmode' is on */
2993{
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00002994 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file");
2995
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002996 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
2997 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
2998#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2999 && !autocmd_busy
3000#endif
3001 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
3002 {
3003#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003004 ++curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003005 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003006 --curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003007 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
3008 return;
3009#endif
3010 /*
3011 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
3012 * be after the mode message.
3013 */
3014 msg_start();
3015 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
3016 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00003017 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00003018 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
3019#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3020 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1);
3021#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003022 msg_clr_eos();
3023 (void)msg_end();
3024 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
3025 {
3026 out_flush();
3027 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
3028 }
3029 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
3030 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
3031 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
3032 showmode();
3033 }
3034}
3035
3036/*
3037 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
3038 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
3039 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
3040 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
3041 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
3042 *
3043 * return the 'y' or 'n'
3044 */
3045 int
3046ask_yesno(str, direct)
3047 char_u *str;
3048 int direct;
3049{
3050 int r = ' ';
3051 int save_State = State;
3052
3053 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
3054 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
3055 ++no_wait_return;
3056#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3057 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3058#endif
3059 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
3060#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3061 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
3062#endif
3063 ++no_mapping;
3064 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3065
3066 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
3067 {
3068 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
3069 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
3070 if (direct)
3071 r = get_keystroke();
3072 else
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +00003073 r = plain_vgetc();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003074 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
3075 r = 'n';
3076 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
3077 out_flush();
3078 }
3079 --no_wait_return;
3080 State = save_State;
3081#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3082 setmouse();
3083#endif
3084 --no_mapping;
3085 --allow_keys;
3086
3087 return r;
3088}
3089
3090/*
3091 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3092 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3093 * button (used at the more prompt).
3094 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3095 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3096 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3097 */
3098 int
3099get_keystroke()
3100{
3101#define CBUFLEN 151
3102 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3103 int len = 0;
3104 int n;
3105 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003106 int waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003107
3108 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3109 for (;;)
3110 {
3111 cursor_on();
3112 out_flush();
3113
3114 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3115 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3116 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3117 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3118 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3119 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3120 if (n > 0)
3121 {
3122 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3123 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3124 len += n;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003125 waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003126 }
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003127 else if (len > 0)
3128 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003129
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003130 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
3131 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
3132 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003133 continue;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003134
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003135 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
3136 if (n > 0)
3137 len = n;
3138 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
3139 continue;
3140
3141 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3142 n = buf[0];
3143 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3144 {
3145 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3146 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3147 || n == K_IGNORE
3148#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3149 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3150 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3151 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3152 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3153 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3154 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3155 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3156 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3157 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3158 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3159 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3160 || n == K_MOUSEUP
3161 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3162 || n == K_X1DRAG
3163 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3164 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3165 || n == K_X2DRAG
3166 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3167# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3168 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3169 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3170# endif
3171#endif
3172 )
3173 {
3174 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3175 mod_mask = buf[2];
3176 len -= 3;
3177 if (len > 0)
3178 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3179 continue;
3180 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003181 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003182 }
3183#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3184 if (has_mbyte)
3185 {
3186 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3187 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3188 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3189 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3190 }
3191#endif
3192#ifdef UNIX
3193 if (n == intr_char)
3194 n = ESC;
3195#endif
3196 break;
3197 }
3198
3199 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3200 return n;
3201}
3202
3203/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003204 * Get a number from the user.
3205 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003206 */
3207 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003208get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3209 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3210 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003211{
3212 int n = 0;
3213 int c;
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003214 int typed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003215
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003216 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3217 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3218
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003219 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3220 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3221 if (msg_silent != 0)
3222 return 0;
3223
3224#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3225 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3226#endif
3227 ++no_mapping;
3228 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3229 for (;;)
3230 {
3231 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3232 c = safe_vgetc();
3233 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3234 {
3235 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3236 msg_putchar(c);
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003237 ++typed;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003238 }
3239 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3240 {
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003241 if (typed > 0)
3242 {
3243 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3244 --typed;
3245 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003246 n /= 10;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003247 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003248#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3249 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3250 {
3251 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3252 n = mouse_row + 1;
3253 break;
3254 }
3255#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003256 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3257 {
3258 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3259 if (!exmode_active)
3260 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3261 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3262 do_redraw = FALSE;
3263 break;
3264 }
3265 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3266 break;
3267 }
3268 --no_mapping;
3269 --allow_keys;
3270 return n;
3271}
3272
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003273/*
3274 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003275 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3276 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003277 */
3278 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003279prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3280 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003281{
3282 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003283 int save_cmdline_row;
3284 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003285
3286 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003287 if (mouse_used != NULL)
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003288 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003289 else
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003290 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003291
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003292 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
3293 * get mouse events. */
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003294 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003295 cmdline_row = 0;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003296 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003297 State = CMDLINE;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003298
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003299 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3300 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003301 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003302 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3303 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003304 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3305 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3306 msg_didany = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarb2450162009-07-22 09:04:20 +00003307 msg_didout = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003308 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003309 else
3310 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3311 State = save_State;
3312
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003313 return i;
3314}
3315
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003316 void
3317msgmore(n)
3318 long n;
3319{
3320 long pn;
3321
3322 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003323 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3324 return;
3325
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003326 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3327 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3328 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3329 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3330 return;
3331
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003332 if (n > 0)
3333 pn = n;
3334 else
3335 pn = -n;
3336
3337 if (pn > p_report)
3338 {
3339 if (pn == 1)
3340 {
3341 if (n > 0)
3342 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
3343 else
3344 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
3345 }
3346 else
3347 {
3348 if (n > 0)
3349 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
3350 else
3351 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
3352 }
3353 if (got_int)
3354 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
3355 if (msg(msg_buf))
3356 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003357 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003358 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003359 }
3360 }
3361}
3362
3363/*
3364 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3365 */
3366 void
3367beep_flush()
3368{
3369 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3370 {
3371 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3372 vim_beep();
3373 }
3374}
3375
3376/*
3377 * give a warning for an error
3378 */
3379 void
3380vim_beep()
3381{
3382 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3383 {
3384 if (p_vb
3385#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3386 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3387 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3388 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3389#endif
3390 )
3391 {
3392 out_str(T_VB);
3393 }
3394 else
3395 {
3396#ifdef MSDOS
3397 /*
3398 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3399 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3400 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3401 */
3402 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3403 {
3404 out_char(BELL);
3405 beep_count = 1;
3406 }
3407 else
3408 ++beep_count;
3409#else
3410 out_char(BELL);
3411#endif
3412 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003413
3414 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3415 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3416 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3417 {
3418 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3419 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3420 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003421 }
3422}
3423
3424/*
3425 * To get the "real" home directory:
3426 * - get value of $HOME
3427 * For Unix:
3428 * - go to that directory
3429 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3430 * This also works with mounts and links.
3431 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3432 */
3433static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3434
3435 void
3436init_homedir()
3437{
3438 char_u *var;
3439
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003440 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3441 vim_free(homedir);
3442 homedir = NULL;
3443
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003444#ifdef VMS
3445 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3446#else
3447 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3448#endif
3449
3450 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3451 var = NULL;
3452
3453#ifdef WIN3264
3454 /*
3455 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3456 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3457 * when $HOME is being set.
3458 */
3459 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3460 {
3461 char_u *p;
3462 char_u *exp;
3463
3464 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3465 if (p != NULL)
3466 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003467 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003468 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3469 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3470 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3471 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003472 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003473 var = NameBuff;
3474 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3475 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3476 }
3477 }
3478 }
3479
3480 /*
3481 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3482 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3483 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3484 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3485 */
3486 if (var == NULL)
3487 {
3488 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3489
3490 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3491 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
Bram Moolenaar6f977012010-01-06 17:53:38 +01003492 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL)
3493 homepath = "\\";
3494 if (homedrive != NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003495 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3496 {
3497 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3498 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3499 {
3500 var = NameBuff;
3501 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3502 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3503 }
3504 }
3505 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003506
3507# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3508 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3509 {
3510 int len;
3511 char_u *pp;
3512
3513 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3514 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003515 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003516 if (pp != NULL)
3517 {
3518 homedir = pp;
3519 return;
3520 }
3521 }
3522# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003523#endif
3524
3525#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3526 /*
3527 * Default home dir is C:/
3528 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3529 */
3530 if (var == NULL)
3531 var = "C:/";
3532#endif
3533 if (var != NULL)
3534 {
3535#ifdef UNIX
3536 /*
3537 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3538 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3539 */
3540 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3541 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3542 {
3543 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3544 var = IObuff;
3545 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3546 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3547 }
3548#endif
3549 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3550 }
3551}
3552
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003553#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3554 void
3555free_homedir()
3556{
3557 vim_free(homedir);
3558}
3559#endif
3560
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003561/*
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003562 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
3563 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
3564 * again soon.
3565 */
3566 char_u *
3567expand_env_save(src)
3568 char_u *src;
3569{
3570 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE);
3571}
3572
3573/*
3574 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only
3575 * expand "~" at the start.
3576 */
3577 char_u *
3578expand_env_save_opt(src, one)
3579 char_u *src;
3580 int one;
3581{
3582 char_u *p;
3583
3584 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
3585 if (p != NULL)
3586 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL);
3587 return p;
3588}
3589
3590/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003591 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3592 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003593 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003594 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3595 */
3596 void
3597expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3598 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3599 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3600 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3601{
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003602 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003603}
3604
3605 void
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003606expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr)
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003607 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003608 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3609 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3610 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003611 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003612 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003613{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003614 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003615 char_u *tail;
3616 int c;
3617 char_u *var;
3618 int copy_char;
3619 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3620 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003621 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003622
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003623 if (startstr != NULL)
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003624 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003625
3626 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003627 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3628 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3629 {
3630 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003631 if ((*src == '$'
3632#ifdef VMS
3633 && at_start
3634#endif
3635 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003636#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3637 || *src == '%'
3638#endif
3639 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3640 {
3641 mustfree = FALSE;
3642
3643 /*
3644 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3645 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3646 */
3647 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3648 {
3649 tail = src + 1;
3650 var = dst;
3651 c = dstlen - 1;
3652
3653#ifdef UNIX
3654 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3655 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3656 {
3657 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3658 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3659 *var++ = *tail++;
3660 }
3661 else
3662#endif
3663 {
3664 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3665#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3666 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3667#endif
3668 ))
3669 {
3670#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3671 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3672 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3673#else
3674 *var++ = *tail++;
3675#endif
3676 }
3677 }
3678
3679#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3680# ifdef UNIX
3681 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3682# else
3683 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3684# endif
3685 var = NULL;
3686 else
3687 {
3688# ifdef UNIX
3689 if (src[1] == '{')
3690# else
3691 if (*src == '%')
3692#endif
3693 ++tail;
3694#endif
3695 *var = NUL;
3696 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3697#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3698 }
3699#endif
3700 }
3701 /* home directory */
3702 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3703 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3704 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3705 {
3706 var = homedir;
3707 tail = src + 1;
3708 }
3709 else /* user directory */
3710 {
3711#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3712 /*
3713 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3714 */
3715 tail = src;
3716 var = dst;
3717 c = dstlen - 1;
3718 while ( c-- > 0
3719 && *tail
3720 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3721 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3722 *var++ = *tail++;
3723 *var = NUL;
3724# ifdef UNIX
3725 /*
3726 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3727 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3728 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3729 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3730 */
3731# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3732 {
3733 struct passwd *pw;
3734
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003735 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3736 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003737 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3738 if (pw != NULL)
3739 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3740 else
3741 var = NULL;
3742 }
3743 if (var == NULL)
3744# endif
3745 {
3746 expand_T xpc;
3747
3748 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3749 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3750 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3751 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003752 mustfree = TRUE;
3753 }
3754
3755# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3756 /*
3757 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3758 * directories to search for the user account in.
3759 */
3760 {
3761 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3762 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3763 struct stat st;
3764
3765 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3766 next_path = paths;
3767 while (*next_path)
3768 {
3769 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3770 next_path++);
3771 if (*next_path)
3772 *next_path++ = NUL;
3773 STRCPY(test, path);
3774 STRCAT(test, "/");
3775 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3776 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3777 {
3778 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3779 STRCPY(var, test);
3780 mustfree = TRUE;
3781 break;
3782 }
3783 }
3784 }
3785# endif /* UNIX */
3786#else
3787 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3788 var = NULL;
3789 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3790#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3791 }
3792
3793#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3794 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3795 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3796 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3797 {
3798 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3799
3800 if (p != NULL)
3801 {
3802 if (mustfree)
3803 vim_free(var);
3804 var = p;
3805 mustfree = TRUE;
3806 forward_slash(var);
3807 }
3808 }
3809#endif
3810
3811 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3812 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3813 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3814 {
3815 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3816
3817 if (p != NULL)
3818 {
3819 if (mustfree)
3820 vim_free(var);
3821 var = p;
3822 mustfree = TRUE;
3823 }
3824 }
3825
3826 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3827 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3828 {
3829 STRCPY(dst, var);
3830 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003831 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003832 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3833 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003834 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003835#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3836 && dst[-1] != ':'
3837#endif
3838 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3839 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003840 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003841 src = tail;
3842 copy_char = FALSE;
3843 }
3844 if (mustfree)
3845 vim_free(var);
3846 }
3847
3848 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3849 {
3850 /*
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003851 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003852 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in
3853 * ":edit foo ~ foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003854 */
3855 at_start = FALSE;
3856 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3857 {
3858 *dst++ = *src++;
3859 --dstlen;
3860 }
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003861 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003862 at_start = TRUE;
3863 *dst++ = *src++;
3864 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003865
3866 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3867 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3868 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003869 }
3870 }
3871 *dst = NUL;
3872}
3873
3874/*
3875 * Vim's version of getenv().
3876 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003877 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003878 */
3879 char_u *
3880vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3881 char_u *name;
3882 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
3883{
3884 char_u *p;
3885 char_u *pend;
3886 int vimruntime;
3887
3888#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3889 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3890 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3891 return homedir;
3892#endif
3893
3894 p = mch_getenv(name);
3895 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3896 p = NULL;
3897
3898 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003899 {
3900#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3901 if (enc_utf8)
3902 {
3903 int len;
3904 char_u *pp;
3905
3906 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3907 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003908 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003909 if (pp != NULL)
3910 {
3911 p = pp;
3912 *mustfree = TRUE;
3913 }
3914 }
3915#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003916 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003917 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003918
3919 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3920 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3921 return NULL;
3922
3923 /*
3924 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3925 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3926 */
3927 if (vimruntime
3928#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3929 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3930#endif
3931 )
3932 {
3933 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3934 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3935 p = NULL;
3936 if (p != NULL)
3937 {
3938 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3939 if (p != NULL)
3940 *mustfree = TRUE;
3941 else
3942 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003943
3944#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3945 if (enc_utf8)
3946 {
3947 int len;
3948 char_u *pp;
3949
3950 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3951 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3952 * characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003953 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003954 if (pp != NULL)
3955 {
3956 if (mustfree)
3957 vim_free(p);
3958 p = pp;
3959 *mustfree = TRUE;
3960 }
3961 }
3962#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003963 }
3964 }
3965
3966 /*
3967 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3968 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3969 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3970 */
3971 if (p == NULL)
3972 {
3973 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3974 p = p_hf;
3975#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3976 /*
3977 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
3978 */
3979 else
3980 p = exe_name;
3981#endif
3982 if (p != NULL)
3983 {
3984 /* remove the file name */
3985 pend = gettail(p);
3986
3987 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
3988 if (p == p_hf)
3989 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
3990
3991#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3992# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003993 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003994 if (p == exe_name)
3995 {
3996 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003997 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003998
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003999 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
4000 if (pend1 != pend)
4001 {
4002 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
4003 if (pnew != NULL)
4004 {
4005 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
4006 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
4007 p = pnew;
4008 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
4009 }
4010 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004011 }
4012# endif
4013 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
4014 if (p == exe_name)
4015 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
4016#endif
4017
4018 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
4019 if (!vimruntime)
4020 {
4021 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
4022 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
4023 }
4024
4025 /* remove trailing path separator */
4026#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
4027 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00004028 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004029 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004030 --pend;
4031#endif
4032
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00004033#ifdef MACOS_X
4034 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
4035#endif
4036 /* check that the result is a directory name */
4037 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004038
4039 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
4040 {
4041 vim_free(p);
4042 p = NULL;
4043 }
4044 else
4045 {
4046#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
4047 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
4048 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
4049 {
4050 vim_free(p);
4051 p = pend;
4052 }
4053#endif
4054 *mustfree = TRUE;
4055 }
4056 }
4057 }
4058
4059#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
4060 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
4061 * default_vimruntime_dir */
4062 if (p == NULL)
4063 {
4064 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
4065 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
4066 {
4067 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
4068 *mustfree = FALSE;
4069 }
4070 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
4071 {
4072 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
4073 *mustfree = TRUE;
4074 else
4075 {
4076 p = default_vim_dir;
4077 *mustfree = FALSE;
4078 }
4079 }
4080 }
4081#endif
4082
4083 /*
4084 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
4085 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
4086 */
4087 if (p != NULL)
4088 {
4089 if (vimruntime)
4090 {
4091 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
4092 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
4093#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
4094 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004095 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004096
4097 if (buf != NULL)
4098 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004099 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
4100 vim_free(buf);
4101 }
4102 }
4103#endif
4104 }
4105 else
4106 {
4107 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
4108 didset_vim = TRUE;
4109 }
4110 }
4111 return p;
4112}
4113
4114/*
4115 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
4116 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
4117 */
4118 static char_u *
4119vim_version_dir(vimdir)
4120 char_u *vimdir;
4121{
4122 char_u *p;
4123
4124 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
4125 return NULL;
4126 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
4127 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4128 return p;
4129 vim_free(p);
4130 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
4131 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4132 return p;
4133 vim_free(p);
4134 return NULL;
4135}
4136
4137/*
4138 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4139 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4140 */
4141 static char_u *
4142remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4143 char_u *p;
4144 char_u *pend;
4145 char_u *name;
4146{
4147 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4148 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4149
4150 if (newend >= p
4151 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004152 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004153 return newend;
4154 return pend;
4155}
4156
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004157/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004158 * Our portable version of setenv.
4159 */
4160 void
4161vim_setenv(name, val)
4162 char_u *name;
4163 char_u *val;
4164{
4165#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4166 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4167#else
4168 char_u *envbuf;
4169
4170 /*
4171 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4172 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4173 */
4174 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4175 if (envbuf != NULL)
4176 {
4177 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4178 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4179 }
4180#endif
4181}
4182
4183#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4184/*
4185 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4186 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004187 char_u *
4188get_env_name(xp, idx)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004189 expand_T *xp UNUSED;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004190 int idx;
4191{
4192# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4193 /*
4194 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4195 */
4196 return NULL;
4197# else
4198# ifndef __WIN32__
4199 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4200 extern char **environ;
4201# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004202# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4203 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004204 char_u *str;
4205 int n;
4206
4207 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4208 if (str == NULL)
4209 return NULL;
4210
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004211 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004212 {
4213 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4214 break;
4215 name[n] = str[n];
4216 }
4217 name[n] = NUL;
4218 return name;
4219# endif
4220}
4221#endif
4222
4223/*
4224 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4225 * 'src'.
4226 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4227 */
4228 void
4229home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4230 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4231 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4232 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4233 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4234 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4235 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4236{
4237 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4238 size_t len;
4239 char_u *homedir_env;
4240 char_u *p;
4241
4242 if (src == NULL)
4243 {
4244 *dst = NUL;
4245 return;
4246 }
4247
4248 /*
4249 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4250 */
4251 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4252 {
4253 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4254 return;
4255 }
4256
4257 /*
4258 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4259 * "real" home directory.
4260 */
4261 if (homedir != NULL)
4262 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4263
4264#ifdef VMS
4265 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4266#else
4267 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4268#endif
4269
4270 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4271 homedir_env = NULL;
4272 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4273 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4274
4275 if (!one)
4276 src = skipwhite(src);
4277 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4278 {
4279 /*
4280 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4281 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4282 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4283 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4284 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4285 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4286 * er's home directory)).
4287 */
4288 p = homedir;
4289 len = dirlen;
4290 for (;;)
4291 {
4292 if ( len
4293 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4294 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4295 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4296 || src[len] == NUL))
4297 {
4298 src += len;
4299 if (--dstlen > 0)
4300 *dst++ = '~';
4301
4302 /*
4303 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4304 */
4305 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4306 *dst++ = '/';
4307 break;
4308 }
4309 if (p == homedir_env)
4310 break;
4311 p = homedir_env;
4312 len = envlen;
4313 }
4314
4315 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4316 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4317 *dst++ = *src++;
4318 /* skip separator */
4319 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4320 *dst++ = *src++;
4321 }
4322 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4323
4324 *dst = NUL;
4325}
4326
4327/*
4328 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4329 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4330 */
4331 char_u *
4332home_replace_save(buf, src)
4333 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4334 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4335{
4336 char_u *dst;
4337 unsigned len;
4338
4339 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4340 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4341 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4342 dst = alloc(len);
4343 if (dst != NULL)
4344 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4345 return dst;
4346}
4347
4348/*
4349 * Compare two file names and return:
4350 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4351 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4352 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4353 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4354 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4355 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4356 */
4357 int
4358fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4359 char_u *s1, *s2;
4360 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4361{
4362#ifdef UNIX
4363 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4364 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4365 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4366 struct stat st1, st2;
4367 int r1, r2;
4368
4369 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4370 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4371 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4372 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4373 {
4374 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4375 if (checkname)
4376 {
4377 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4378 return FPC_SAMEX;
4379 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4380 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4381 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4382 return FPC_SAMEX;
4383 }
4384 return FPC_NOTX;
4385 }
4386 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4387 return FPC_DIFFX;
4388 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4389 return FPC_SAME;
4390 return FPC_DIFF;
4391#else
4392 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4393 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4394 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4395 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4396 int r1, r2;
4397
4398 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4399 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4400 {
4401 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4402 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4403
4404 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4405 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4406 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4407
4408 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4409 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4410 {
4411 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4412 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4413 else
4414 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4415 }
4416 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4417 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4418 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4419 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4420 else
4421 retval = FPC_SAME;
4422 vim_free(exp1);
4423 }
4424 return retval;
4425#endif
4426}
4427
4428/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004429 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
4430 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004431 */
4432 char_u *
4433gettail(fname)
4434 char_u *fname;
4435{
4436 char_u *p1, *p2;
4437
4438 if (fname == NULL)
4439 return (char_u *)"";
4440 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4441 {
4442 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4443 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004444 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004445 }
4446 return p1;
4447}
4448
4449/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004450 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4451 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4452 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4453 */
4454 char_u *
4455gettail_sep(fname)
4456 char_u *fname;
4457{
4458 char_u *p;
4459 char_u *t;
4460
4461 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4462 t = gettail(fname);
4463 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4464 --t;
4465#ifdef VMS
4466 /* path separator is part of the path */
4467 ++t;
4468#endif
4469 return t;
4470}
4471
4472/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004473 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4474 */
4475 char_u *
4476getnextcomp(fname)
4477 char_u *fname;
4478{
4479 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004480 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004481 if (*fname)
4482 ++fname;
4483 return fname;
4484}
4485
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004486/*
4487 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4488 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4489 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4490 */
4491 char_u *
4492get_past_head(path)
4493 char_u *path;
4494{
4495 char_u *retval;
4496
4497#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4498 /* may skip "c:" */
4499 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4500 retval = path + 2;
4501 else
4502 retval = path;
4503#else
4504# if defined(AMIGA)
4505 /* may skip "label:" */
4506 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4507 if (retval == NULL)
4508 retval = path;
4509# else /* Unix */
4510 retval = path;
4511# endif
4512#endif
4513
4514 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4515 ++retval;
4516
4517 return retval;
4518}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004519
4520/*
4521 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4522 */
4523 int
4524vim_ispathsep(c)
4525 int c;
4526{
4527#ifdef RISCOS
4528 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
4529#else
4530# ifdef UNIX
4531 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
4532# else
4533# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
4534 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
4535# else
4536# ifdef VMS
4537 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4538 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4539 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00004540# else /* Amiga */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004541 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004542# endif /* VMS */
4543# endif
4544# endif
4545#endif /* RISC OS */
4546}
4547
4548#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4549/*
4550 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4551 */
4552 int
4553vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4554 int c;
4555{
4556#ifdef UNIX
4557 return (c == ':');
4558#else
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004559 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004560#endif
4561}
4562#endif
4563
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004564#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
4565 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4566/*
4567 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
4568 * It's done in-place.
4569 */
4570 void
4571shorten_dir(str)
4572 char_u *str;
4573{
4574 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
4575 int skip = FALSE;
4576
4577 tail = gettail(str);
4578 d = str;
4579 for (s = str; ; ++s)
4580 {
4581 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
4582 {
4583 *d++ = *s;
4584 if (*s == NUL)
4585 break;
4586 }
4587 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
4588 {
4589 *d++ = *s;
4590 skip = FALSE;
4591 }
4592 else if (!skip)
4593 {
4594 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
4595 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
4596 skip = TRUE;
4597# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4598 if (has_mbyte)
4599 {
4600 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
4601
4602 while (--l > 0)
Bram Moolenaarb6baca52006-08-15 20:24:14 +00004603 *d++ = *++s;
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004604 }
4605# endif
4606 }
4607 }
4608}
4609#endif
4610
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004611/*
4612 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4613 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4614 * "fname" must be writable!.
4615 */
4616 int
4617dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4618 char_u *fname;
4619{
4620 char_u *p;
4621 int c;
4622 int retval;
4623
4624 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4625 if (p == fname)
4626 return TRUE;
4627 c = *p;
4628 *p = NUL;
4629 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4630 *p = c;
4631 return retval;
4632}
4633
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004634#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4635 || defined(PROTO)
4636/*
4637 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4638 */
4639 int
4640vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4641 char_u *x, *y;
4642{
4643 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4644}
4645
4646 int
4647vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4648 char_u *x, *y;
4649 size_t len;
4650{
4651 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4652 {
4653 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4654 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4655 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4656 break;
4657 ++x;
4658 ++y;
4659 --len;
4660 }
4661 if (len == 0)
4662 return 0;
4663 return (*x - *y);
4664}
4665#endif
4666
4667/*
4668 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004669 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004670 */
4671 char_u *
4672concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4673 char_u *fname1;
4674 char_u *fname2;
4675 int sep;
4676{
4677 char_u *dest;
4678
4679 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4680 if (dest != NULL)
4681 {
4682 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4683 if (sep)
4684 add_pathsep(dest);
4685 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4686 }
4687 return dest;
4688}
4689
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004690/*
4691 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4692 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4693 */
4694 char_u *
4695concat_str(str1, str2)
4696 char_u *str1;
4697 char_u *str2;
4698{
4699 char_u *dest;
4700 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4701
4702 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4703 if (dest != NULL)
4704 {
4705 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4706 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4707 }
4708 return dest;
4709}
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004710
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004711/*
4712 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4713 * separator.
4714 */
4715 void
4716add_pathsep(p)
4717 char_u *p;
4718{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004719 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004720 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4721}
4722
4723/*
4724 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4725 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4726 */
4727 char_u *
4728FullName_save(fname, force)
4729 char_u *fname;
4730 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4731 like a full path name */
4732{
4733 char_u *buf;
4734 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4735
4736 if (fname == NULL)
4737 return NULL;
4738
4739 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4740 if (buf != NULL)
4741 {
4742 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4743 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4744 else
4745 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4746 vim_free(buf);
4747 }
4748 return new_fname;
4749}
4750
4751#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4752
4753static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4754
4755/*
4756 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4757 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4758 */
4759 pos_T *
4760find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4761 int ind_maxcomment;
4762{
4763 pos_T *pos;
4764 char_u *line;
4765 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004766 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004767
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004768 for (;;)
4769 {
4770 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
4771 if (pos == NULL)
4772 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004773
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004774 /*
4775 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4776 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
4777 */
4778 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004779 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004780 p = skip_string(p);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004781 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004782 break;
4783 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
4784 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
4785 {
4786 pos = NULL;
4787 break;
4788 }
4789 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004790 return pos;
4791}
4792
4793/*
4794 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4795 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4796 */
4797 static char_u *
4798skip_string(p)
4799 char_u *p;
4800{
4801 int i;
4802
4803 /*
4804 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4805 */
4806 for ( ; ; ++p)
4807 {
4808 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4809 {
4810 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4811 break;
4812 i = 2;
4813 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4814 {
4815 ++i;
4816 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4817 ++i;
4818 }
4819 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4820 {
4821 p += i;
4822 continue;
4823 }
4824 }
4825 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4826 {
4827 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4828 {
4829 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4830 ++p;
4831 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4832 break;
4833 }
4834 if (p[0] == '"')
4835 continue;
4836 }
4837 break; /* no string found */
4838 }
4839 if (!*p)
4840 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4841 return p;
4842}
4843#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4844
4845#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4846
4847/*
4848 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4849 */
4850 void
4851do_c_expr_indent()
4852{
4853# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4854 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4855 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4856 else
4857# endif
4858 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4859}
4860
4861/*
4862 * Functions for C-indenting.
4863 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4864 */
4865/*
4866 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4867 */
4868
4869static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4870static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4871static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4872static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4873static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4874static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4875static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4876static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4877static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4878static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4879static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4880static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4881static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4882static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4883static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4884static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4885static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4886static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4887static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4888static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4889static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004890static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004891static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00004892static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col));
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00004893static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004894static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4895static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4896static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4897static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4898static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4899static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4900static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4901
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004902static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */
4903
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004904/*
4905 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004906 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004907 */
4908 static char_u *
4909cin_skipcomment(s)
4910 char_u *s;
4911{
4912 while (*s)
4913 {
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004914 char_u *prev_s = s;
4915
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004916 s = skipwhite(s);
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004917
4918 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space
4919 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */
4920 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#')
4921 {
4922 s += STRLEN(s);
4923 break;
4924 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004925 if (*s != '/')
4926 break;
4927 ++s;
4928 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4929 {
4930 s += STRLEN(s);
4931 break;
4932 }
4933 if (*s != '*')
4934 break;
4935 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
4936 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
4937 {
4938 s += 2;
4939 break;
4940 }
4941 }
4942 return s;
4943}
4944
4945/*
4946 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
4947 * not considered code.
4948 */
4949 static int
4950cin_nocode(s)
4951 char_u *s;
4952{
4953 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
4954}
4955
4956/*
4957 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
4958 */
4959 static pos_T *
4960find_line_comment() /* XXX */
4961{
4962 static pos_T pos;
4963 char_u *line;
4964 char_u *p;
4965
4966 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4967 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
4968 {
4969 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
4970 p = skipwhite(line);
4971 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
4972 {
4973 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
4974 return &pos;
4975 }
4976 if (*p != NUL)
4977 break;
4978 }
4979 return NULL;
4980}
4981
4982/*
4983 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
4984 */
4985 static int
4986cin_islabel_skip(s)
4987 char_u **s;
4988{
4989 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
4990 return FALSE;
4991
4992 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
4993 (*s)++;
4994
4995 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
4996
4997 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
4998 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
4999}
5000
5001/*
5002 * Recognize a label: "label:".
5003 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
5004 */
5005 int
5006cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5007 int ind_maxcomment;
5008{
5009 char_u *s;
5010
5011 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5012
5013 /*
5014 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
5015 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
5016 */
5017 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5018 return FALSE;
5019 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
5020 return FALSE;
5021
5022 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
5023 {
5024 /*
5025 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
5026 * label.
5027 */
5028 pos_T cursor_save;
5029 pos_T *trypos;
5030 char_u *line;
5031
5032 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5033 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
5034 {
5035 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5036
5037 /*
5038 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
5039 */
5040 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5041 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
5042 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5043
5044 line = ml_get_curline();
5045 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
5046 continue;
5047 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
5048 continue;
5049
5050 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5051 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
5052 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
5053 || cin_iscase(line)
5054 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
5055 return TRUE;
5056 return FALSE;
5057 }
5058 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5059 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
5060 }
5061 return FALSE;
5062}
5063
5064/*
5065 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
5066 * Q&D-Implementation:
5067 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
5068 */
5069 static int
5070cin_isinit(void)
5071{
5072 char_u *s;
5073
5074 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5075
5076 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
5077 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
5078
5079 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5080 return TRUE;
5081
5082 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
5083 return TRUE;
5084
5085 return FALSE;
5086}
5087
5088/*
5089 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
5090 */
5091 int
5092cin_iscase(s)
5093 char_u *s;
5094{
5095 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5096 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5097 {
5098 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
5099 {
5100 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5101 if (*s == ':')
5102 {
5103 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5104 ++s;
5105 else
5106 return TRUE;
5107 }
5108 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
5109 s += 2; /* skip over '.' */
5110 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
5111 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
5112 else if (*s == '"')
5113 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
5114 }
5115 return FALSE;
5116 }
5117
5118 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5119 return TRUE;
5120 return FALSE;
5121}
5122
5123/*
5124 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
5125 */
5126 static int
5127cin_isdefault(s)
5128 char_u *s;
5129{
5130 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
5131 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
5132 && s[1] != ':');
5133}
5134
5135/*
5136 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label.
5137 */
5138 int
5139cin_isscopedecl(s)
5140 char_u *s;
5141{
5142 int i;
5143
5144 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5145 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
5146 i = 6;
5147 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
5148 i = 9;
5149 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
5150 i = 7;
5151 else
5152 return FALSE;
5153 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
5154}
5155
5156/*
5157 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
5158 * Return NULL if not found.
5159 * case 234: a = b;
5160 * ^
5161 */
5162 static char_u *
5163after_label(l)
5164 char_u *l;
5165{
5166 for ( ; *l; ++l)
5167 {
5168 if (*l == ':')
5169 {
5170 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5171 ++l;
5172 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1))
5173 break;
5174 }
5175 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
5176 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
5177 }
5178 if (*l == NUL)
5179 return NULL;
5180 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
5181 if (*l == NUL)
5182 return NULL;
5183 return l;
5184}
5185
5186/*
5187 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
5188 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
5189 */
5190 static int
5191get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5192 linenr_T lnum;
5193{
5194 char_u *l;
5195 pos_T fp;
5196 colnr_T col;
5197 char_u *p;
5198
5199 l = ml_get(lnum);
5200 p = after_label(l);
5201 if (p == NULL)
5202 return 0;
5203
5204 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5205 fp.lnum = lnum;
5206 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5207 return (int)col;
5208}
5209
5210/*
5211 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005212 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005213 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5214 * ^
5215 */
5216 static int
5217skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5218 linenr_T lnum;
5219 char_u **pp;
5220 int ind_maxcomment;
5221{
5222 char_u *l;
5223 int amount;
5224 pos_T cursor_save;
5225
5226 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5227 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5228 l = ml_get_curline();
5229 /* XXX */
5230 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
5231 {
5232 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5233 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5234 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5235 l = ml_get_curline();
5236 }
5237 else
5238 {
5239 amount = get_indent();
5240 l = ml_get_curline();
5241 }
5242 *pp = l;
5243
5244 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5245 return amount;
5246}
5247
5248/*
5249 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5250 * int a, indent of "a"
5251 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5252 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5253 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5254 */
5255 static int
5256cin_first_id_amount()
5257{
5258 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5259 int len;
5260 pos_T fp;
5261 colnr_T col;
5262
5263 line = ml_get_curline();
5264 p = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005265 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005266 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5267 {
5268 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005269 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005270 }
5271 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5272 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5273 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5274 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5275 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5276 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5277 {
5278 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5279 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5280 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5281 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5282 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5283 p = s;
5284 }
5285 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5286 ;
5287 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5288 return 0;
5289
5290 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5291 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5292 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5293 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5294 return (int)col;
5295}
5296
5297/*
5298 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5299 * char *foo = "here";
5300 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5301 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5302 * foo = "asdf\
5303 * asdf\
5304 * here";
5305 */
5306 static int
5307cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5308 linenr_T lnum;
5309{
5310 char_u *line;
5311 char_u *s;
5312 colnr_T col;
5313 pos_T fp;
5314
5315 if (lnum > 1)
5316 {
5317 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5318 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5319 return -1;
5320 }
5321
5322 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5323 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5324 {
5325 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5326 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5327 else
5328 ++s;
5329 }
5330 if (*s != '=')
5331 return 0;
5332
5333 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5334 if (cin_nocode(s))
5335 return 0;
5336
5337 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5338 ++s;
5339
5340 fp.lnum = lnum;
5341 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5342 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5343 return (int)col;
5344}
5345
5346/*
5347 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5348 */
5349 static int
5350cin_ispreproc(s)
5351 char_u *s;
5352{
5353 s = skipwhite(s);
5354 if (*s == '#')
5355 return TRUE;
5356 return FALSE;
5357}
5358
5359/*
5360 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5361 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5362 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5363 */
5364 static int
5365cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5366 char_u **pp;
5367 linenr_T *lnump;
5368{
5369 char_u *line = *pp;
5370 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5371 int retval = FALSE;
5372
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005373 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005374 {
5375 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5376 {
5377 retval = TRUE;
5378 *lnump = lnum;
5379 break;
5380 }
5381 if (lnum == 1)
5382 break;
5383 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5384 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5385 break;
5386 }
5387
5388 if (lnum != *lnump)
5389 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5390 return retval;
5391}
5392
5393/*
5394 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5395 */
5396 static int
5397cin_iscomment(p)
5398 char_u *p;
5399{
5400 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5401}
5402
5403/*
5404 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5405 */
5406 static int
5407cin_islinecomment(p)
5408 char_u *p;
5409{
5410 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5411}
5412
5413/*
5414 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
5415 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
5416 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5417 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5418 */
5419 static int
5420cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5421 char_u *s;
5422 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5423 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5424{
5425 char_u found_start = 0;
5426
5427 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5428
5429 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5430 found_start = *s;
5431
5432 while (*s)
5433 {
5434 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5435 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
5436 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
5437 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
5438 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5439 return *s;
5440
5441 if (*s)
5442 s++;
5443 }
5444 return found_start;
5445}
5446
5447/*
5448 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5449 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5450 * no semicolons anywhere.
5451 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5452 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5453 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5454 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5455 */
5456 static int
5457cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5458 char_u **sp;
5459 linenr_T first_lnum;
5460{
5461 char_u *s;
5462 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5463 int retval = FALSE;
5464
5465 if (sp == NULL)
5466 s = ml_get(lnum);
5467 else
5468 s = *sp;
5469
5470 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5471 {
5472 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5473 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5474 else
5475 ++s;
5476 }
5477 if (*s != '(')
5478 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5479
5480 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5481 {
5482 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5483 {
5484 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5485 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5486 * #if defined(x) && \
5487 * defined(y)
5488 */
5489 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5490 s = ml_get(lnum);
5491 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5492 retval = TRUE;
5493 goto done;
5494 }
5495 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5496 {
5497 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
5498 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5499 break;
5500
5501 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5502 }
5503 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5504 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5505 else
5506 ++s;
5507 }
5508
5509done:
5510 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5511 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5512
5513 return retval;
5514}
5515
5516 static int
5517cin_isif(p)
5518 char_u *p;
5519{
5520 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5521}
5522
5523 static int
5524cin_iselse(p)
5525 char_u *p;
5526{
5527 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5528 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5529 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5530}
5531
5532 static int
5533cin_isdo(p)
5534 char_u *p;
5535{
5536 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5537}
5538
5539/*
5540 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5541 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5542 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5543 */
5544 static int
5545cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5546 char_u *p;
5547 linenr_T lnum;
5548 int ind_maxparen;
5549{
5550 pos_T cursor_save;
5551 pos_T *trypos;
5552 int retval = FALSE;
5553
5554 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5555 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5556 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5557 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5558 {
5559 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5560 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5561 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5562 p = ml_get_curline();
5563 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5564 {
5565 ++p;
5566 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5567 }
5568 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5569 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5570 retval = TRUE;
5571 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5572 }
5573 return retval;
5574}
5575
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005576/*
5577 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
5578 * do
5579 * nothing;
5580 * while (foo
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005581 * && bar); <-- here
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005582 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
5583 */
5584 static int
5585cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
5586 int terminated;
5587 int ind_maxparen;
5588 int ind_maxcomment;
5589{
5590 char_u *line;
5591 char_u *p;
5592 char_u *s;
5593 pos_T *trypos;
5594 int i;
5595
5596 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
5597 return FALSE;
5598
5599 p = line = ml_get_curline();
5600 while (*p != NUL)
5601 {
5602 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5603 if (*p == ')')
5604 {
5605 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
5606 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5607 {
5608 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
5609 * before the matching '('. XXX */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005610 i = (int)(p - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005611 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5612 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
5613 if (trypos != NULL)
5614 {
5615 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
5616 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5617 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5618 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5619 {
5620 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
5621 return TRUE;
5622 }
5623 }
5624
5625 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
5626 line = ml_get_curline();
5627 p = line + i;
5628 }
5629 }
5630 if (*p != NUL)
5631 ++p;
5632 }
5633 return FALSE;
5634}
5635
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005636 static int
5637cin_isbreak(p)
5638 char_u *p;
5639{
5640 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5641}
5642
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005643/*
5644 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005645 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5646 *
5647 * class MyClass :
5648 * baseClass <-- here
5649 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5650 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5651 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5652 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005653 *
5654 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005655 */
5656 static int
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005657cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col)
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005658 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005659{
5660 char_u *s;
5661 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005662 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005663 char_u *line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005664
5665 *col = 0;
5666
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005667 s = skipwhite(line);
5668 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5669 return FALSE;
5670 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005671 if (*s == NUL)
5672 return FALSE;
5673
5674 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5675
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005676 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
5677 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
5678 * a = cond ?
5679 * func() :
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005680 * asdf;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005681 * func::foo()
5682 * : something
5683 * {}
5684 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
5685 * : something(4),
5686 * somethingelse(3)
5687 * {}
5688 */
5689 while (lnum > 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005690 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005691 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5692 s = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005693 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
5694 break;
5695 while (*s != NUL)
5696 {
5697 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5698 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
5699 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
5700 break;
5701 if (*s != NUL)
5702 ++s;
5703 }
5704 if (*s != NUL)
5705 break;
5706 --lnum;
5707 }
5708
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005709 line = ml_get(lnum);
5710 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005711 for (;;)
5712 {
5713 if (*s == NUL)
5714 {
5715 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5716 break;
5717 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005718 line = ml_get(++lnum);
5719 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
5720 if (*s == NUL)
5721 continue;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005722 }
5723
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005724 if (s[0] == ':')
5725 {
5726 if (s[1] == ':')
5727 {
5728 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5729 * initialization any more */
5730 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5731 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5732 }
5733 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5734 {
5735 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00005736 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005737 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5738 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5739 *col = 0;
5740 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5741 }
5742 else
5743 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5744 }
5745 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5746 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5747 {
5748 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5749 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5750
5751 if (*s == 'c')
5752 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5753 else
5754 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5755 }
5756 else
5757 {
5758 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5759 {
5760 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5761 }
5762 else if (s[0] == ')')
5763 {
5764 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5765 * something like "):" */
5766 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5767 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5768 }
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005769 else if (s[0] == '?')
5770 {
5771 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
5772 return FALSE;
5773 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005774 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5775 {
5776 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5777 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5778 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5779 }
5780 else if (*col == 0)
5781 {
5782 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5783 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5784
5785 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005786 if (cpp_base_class)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005787 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5788 }
5789
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005790 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
5791 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5792 *col = 0;
5793
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005794 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5795 }
5796 }
5797
5798 return cpp_base_class;
5799}
5800
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005801 static int
5802get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
5803 int col;
5804 int ind_maxparen;
5805 int ind_maxcomment;
5806 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
5807{
5808 int amount;
5809 colnr_T vcol;
5810 pos_T *trypos;
5811
5812 if (col == 0)
5813 {
5814 amount = get_indent();
5815 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
5816 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
5817 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
5818 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
5819 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
5820 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
5821 }
5822 else
5823 {
5824 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5825 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
5826 amount = (int)vcol;
5827 }
5828 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
5829 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
5830 return amount;
5831}
5832
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005833/*
5834 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5835 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5836 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5837 */
5838 static int
5839cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5840 char_u *s;
5841 char_u *find;
5842 char_u *ignore;
5843{
5844 char_u *p = s;
5845 char_u *r;
5846 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5847
5848 while (*p != NUL)
5849 {
5850 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5851 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5852 {
5853 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5854 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5855 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5856 if (cin_nocode(r))
5857 return TRUE;
5858 }
5859 if (*p != NUL)
5860 ++p;
5861 }
5862 return FALSE;
5863}
5864
5865/*
5866 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5867 * Return the column found.
5868 */
5869 static int
5870cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5871 pos_T *trypos;
5872{
5873 char_u *line;
5874 char_u *p;
5875
5876 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5877 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5878 {
5879 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5880 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5881 else
5882 {
5883 p = skip_string(p);
5884 ++p;
5885 }
5886 }
5887 return (int)(p - line);
5888}
5889
5890/*
5891 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5892 * Return NULL if no match found.
5893 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
5894 * work. */
5895/* foo() */
5896/* { */
5897/* } */
5898
5899 static pos_T *
5900find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5901 int ind_maxcomment;
5902{
5903 pos_T cursor_save;
5904 pos_T *trypos;
5905 pos_T *pos;
5906 static pos_T pos_copy;
5907
5908 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5909 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
5910 {
5911 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
5912 trypos = &pos_copy;
5913 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5914 pos = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005915 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005916 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
5917 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
5918 break;
5919 if (pos != NULL)
5920 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
5921 }
5922 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5923 return trypos;
5924}
5925
5926/*
5927 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
5928 * Return NULL of no match found.
5929 */
5930 static pos_T *
5931find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5932 int ind_maxparen;
5933 int ind_maxcomment;
5934{
5935 pos_T cursor_save;
5936 pos_T *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005937 static pos_T pos_copy;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005938
5939 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5940 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
5941 {
5942 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
5943 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
5944 trypos = NULL;
5945 else
5946 {
5947 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
5948 trypos = &pos_copy;
5949 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5950 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
5951 trypos = NULL;
5952 }
5953 }
5954 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5955 return trypos;
5956}
5957
5958/*
5959 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
5960 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
5961 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
5962 * looking a few lines further.
5963 */
5964 static int
5965corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
5966 int ind_maxparen;
5967 pos_T *startpos;
5968{
5969 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5970
5971 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
5972 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
5973 return ind_maxparen;
5974}
5975
5976/*
5977 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
5978 * line "l".
5979 */
5980 static int
5981find_last_paren(l, start, end)
5982 char_u *l;
5983 int start, end;
5984{
5985 int i;
5986 int retval = FALSE;
5987 int open_count = 0;
5988
5989 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
5990
5991 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
5992 {
5993 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
5994 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
5995 if (l[i] == start)
5996 ++open_count;
5997 else if (l[i] == end)
5998 {
5999 if (open_count > 0)
6000 --open_count;
6001 else
6002 {
6003 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
6004 retval = TRUE;
6005 }
6006 }
6007 }
6008 return retval;
6009}
6010
6011 int
6012get_c_indent()
6013{
6014 /*
6015 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
6016 * block should be
6017 */
6018 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6019
6020 /*
6021 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
6022 * line is imagined to be.
6023 */
6024 int ind_open_imag = 0;
6025
6026 /*
6027 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by
6028 * an opening brace.
6029 */
6030 int ind_no_brace = 0;
6031
6032 /*
6033 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
6034 */
6035 int ind_first_open = 0;
6036
6037 /*
6038 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
6039 * located
6040 */
6041 int ind_open_extra = 0;
6042
6043 /*
6044 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
6045 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
6046 * brace should be located
6047 */
6048 int ind_close_extra = 0;
6049
6050 /*
6051 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
6052 * column is imagined to be
6053 */
6054 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
6055
6056 /*
6057 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
6058 */
6059 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6060
6061 /*
6062 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
6063 */
6064 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6065
6066 /*
6067 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
6068 */
6069 int ind_case_break = 0;
6070
6071 /*
6072 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
6073 * should be located
6074 */
6075 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6076
6077 /*
6078 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
6079 */
6080 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6081
6082 /*
6083 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
6084 */
6085 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6086
6087 /*
6088 * amount a function type spec should be indented
6089 */
6090 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6091
6092 /*
6093 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
6094 * should be indented
6095 */
6096 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6097
6098 /*
6099 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
6100 * should be located
6101 */
6102 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6103
6104 /*
6105 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
6106 */
6107 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
6108
6109 /*
6110 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
6111 * itself is also unclosed
6112 */
6113 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6114
6115 /*
6116 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
6117 * unclosed parentheses.
6118 */
6119 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
6120
6121 /*
6122 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
6123 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
6124 * context (for very long lines).
6125 */
6126 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
6127
6128 /*
6129 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
6130 * an unclosed parentheses.
6131 */
6132 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
6133
6134 /*
6135 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
6136 * opening parentheses.
6137 */
6138 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
6139
6140 /*
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006141 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
6142 */
6143 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
6144
6145 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006146 * Extra indent for comments.
6147 */
6148 int ind_comment = 0;
6149
6150 /*
6151 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
6152 */
6153 int ind_in_comment = 3;
6154
6155 /*
6156 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
6157 * after the comment opener.
6158 */
6159 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
6160
6161 /*
6162 * max lines to search for an open paren
6163 */
6164 int ind_maxparen = 20;
6165
6166 /*
6167 * max lines to search for an open comment
6168 */
6169 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
6170
6171 /*
6172 * handle braces for java code
6173 */
6174 int ind_java = 0;
6175
6176 /*
6177 * handle blocked cases correctly
6178 */
6179 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
6180
6181 pos_T cur_curpos;
6182 int amount;
6183 int scope_amount;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006184 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006185 colnr_T col;
6186 char_u *theline;
6187 char_u *linecopy;
6188 pos_T *trypos;
6189 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
6190 pos_T our_paren_pos;
6191 char_u *start;
6192 int start_brace;
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006193#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006194#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
6195#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
6196 linenr_T ourscope;
6197 char_u *l;
6198 char_u *look;
6199 char_u terminated;
6200 int lookfor;
6201#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
6202#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
6203#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
6204#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
6205#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
6206#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
6207#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
6208#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
6209#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
6210#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
6211#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
6212
6213 int whilelevel;
6214 linenr_T lnum;
6215 char_u *options;
6216 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
6217 int divider;
6218 int n;
6219 int iscase;
6220 int lookfor_break;
6221 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
6222
6223 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
6224 {
6225 l = options++;
6226 if (*options == '-')
6227 ++options;
6228 n = getdigits(&options);
6229 divider = 0;
6230 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
6231 {
6232 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
6233 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
6234 {
6235 ++options;
6236 if (divider)
6237 divider *= 10;
6238 else
6239 divider = 10;
6240 }
6241 }
6242 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
6243 {
6244 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
6245 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
6246 else
6247 {
6248 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
6249 if (divider)
6250 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
6251 }
6252 ++options;
6253 }
6254 if (l[1] == '-')
6255 n = -n;
6256 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006257 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006258 switch (*l)
6259 {
6260 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
6261 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
6262 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
6263 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
6264 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
6265 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
6266 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
6267 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
6268 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
6269 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
6270 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
6271 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
6272 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
6273 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
6274 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
6275 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
6276 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
6277 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
6278 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
6279 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
6280 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
6281 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
6282 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006283 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006284 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
6285 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
6286 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
6287 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
6288 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
6289 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006290 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006291 }
Bram Moolenaardfdf3c42010-03-23 18:22:46 +01006292 if (*options == ',')
6293 ++options;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006294 }
6295
6296 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
6297 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6298
6299 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
6300 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
6301 * ml_get is valid! */
6302 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
6303 if (linecopy == NULL)
6304 return 0;
6305
6306 /*
6307 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
6308 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
6309 * inserting new stuff.
6310 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
6311 * check for that.
6312 */
6313 if ((State & INSERT)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00006314 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006315 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
6316 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
6317
6318 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
6319
6320 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
6321
6322 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6323
6324 /*
6325 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
6326 */
6327 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
6328 {
6329 amount = 0;
6330 }
6331
6332 /*
6333 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too.
6334 */
6335 else if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */
6336 {
6337 amount = 0;
6338 }
6339
6340 /*
6341 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
6342 * previous line, lineup with that one.
6343 */
6344 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
6345 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
6346 {
6347 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6348 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6349 amount = col;
6350 }
6351
6352 /*
6353 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6354 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6355 */
6356 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6357 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6358 {
6359 int lead_start_len = 2;
6360 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6361 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6362 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6363 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6364 char_u *p;
6365 int start_align = 0;
6366 int start_off = 0;
6367 int done = FALSE;
6368
6369 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6370 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6371 amount = col;
6372
6373 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6374 while (*p != NUL)
6375 {
6376 int align = 0;
6377 int off = 0;
6378 int what = 0;
6379
6380 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6381 {
6382 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6383 what = *p++;
6384 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6385 align = *p++;
6386 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6387 off = getdigits(&p);
6388 else
6389 ++p;
6390 }
6391
6392 if (*p == ':')
6393 ++p;
6394 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6395 if (what == COM_START)
6396 {
6397 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6398 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6399 start_off = off;
6400 start_align = align;
6401 }
6402 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6403 {
6404 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6405 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6406 }
6407 else if (what == COM_END)
6408 {
6409 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6410 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6411 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6412 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6413 {
6414 done = TRUE;
6415 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6416 {
6417 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006418 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006419 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6420 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6421 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6422 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6423 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6424 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6425 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6426 {
6427 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6428 break;
6429 }
6430 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6431 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6432 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6433 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6434 continue;
6435 }
6436 if (start_off != 0)
6437 amount += start_off;
6438 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006439 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6440 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006441 break;
6442 }
6443
6444 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6445 * with the middle comment */
6446 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6447 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6448 {
6449 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6450 /* XXX */
6451 if (off != 0)
6452 amount += off;
6453 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006454 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6455 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006456 done = TRUE;
6457 break;
6458 }
6459 }
6460 }
6461
6462 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6463 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6464 * with the first character of the comment text.
6465 */
6466 if (done)
6467 ;
6468 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6469 amount += 1;
6470 else
6471 {
6472 /*
6473 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6474 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6475 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6476 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6477 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6478 */
6479 amount = -1;
6480 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6481 {
6482 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6483 continue;
6484 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6485 break;
6486 }
6487 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6488 {
6489 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6490 {
6491 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6492 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6493 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6494 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6495 }
6496 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6497 amount = col;
6498 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6499 amount += ind_in_comment;
6500 }
6501 }
6502 }
6503
6504 /*
6505 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6506 */ /* XXX */
6507 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6508 && ind_java == 0)
6509 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6510 || trypos != NULL)
6511 {
6512 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6513 {
6514 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6515 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6516 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6517 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6518 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6519 trypos = NULL;
6520 else
6521 tryposBrace = NULL;
6522 }
6523
6524 if (trypos != NULL)
6525 {
6526 /*
6527 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6528 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6529 */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006530 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006531 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006532 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6533 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
6534 }
6535 else
6536 {
6537 amount = -1;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006538 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6539 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006540 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006541 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6542 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6543 continue;
6544 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
6545 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
6546 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006547
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006548 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6549 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6550 {
6551 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6552 continue;
6553 }
6554
6555 /* XXX */
6556 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6557 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006558 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006559 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6560 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6561 {
6562 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006563
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006564 if (theline[0] == ')')
6565 {
6566 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
6567 && cur_amount > amount)
6568 cur_amount = amount;
6569 amount = -1;
6570 }
6571 break;
6572 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006573 }
6574 }
6575
6576 /*
6577 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6578 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6579 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6580 */
6581 if (amount == -1)
6582 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006583 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
6584
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006585 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006586 look = skipwhite(look);
6587 if (*look == '(')
6588 {
6589 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6590 char_u *line;
6591 int look_col;
6592
6593 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
6594 * our matching '('. */
6595 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6596 line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00006597 look_col = (int)(look - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006598 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
6599 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
6600 != NULL
6601 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6602 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
6603 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
6604
6605 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
6606 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
6607 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006608 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006609 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
6610 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006611 {
6612 /*
6613 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6614 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6615 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6616 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6617 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6618 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6619 * lines).
6620 */
6621 if (theline[0] != ')')
6622 {
6623 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6624 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6625 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6626 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6627 {
6628 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6629 * for each additional level */
6630 n = 1;
6631 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6632 {
6633 switch (l[col])
6634 {
6635 case '(':
6636 case '{': ++n;
6637 break;
6638
6639 case ')':
6640 case '}': if (n > 1)
6641 --n;
6642 break;
6643 }
6644 }
6645
6646 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6647 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6648 }
6649 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6650 our_paren_pos.col++;
6651 else
6652 {
6653 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6654 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6655 col++;
6656 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6657 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6658 else
6659 our_paren_pos.col++;
6660 }
6661 }
6662
6663 /*
6664 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6665 * if we did the above "if".
6666 */
6667 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6668 {
6669 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6670 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6671 cur_amount = col;
6672 }
6673 }
6674
6675 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6676 {
6677 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6678 }
6679 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006680 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006681 {
6682 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6683 amount = cur_amount;
6684 }
6685 else
6686 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006687 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
6688 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006689 col = our_paren_pos.col;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006690 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006691 {
6692 --our_paren_pos.col;
6693 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6694 {
6695 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6696 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6697 break;
6698 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6699 col = MAXCOL;
6700 break;
6701 }
6702 }
6703
6704 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6705 * braces */
6706 if (col == MAXCOL)
6707 amount += ind_unclosed;
6708 else
6709 {
6710 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6711 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6712 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6713 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6714 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6715 else
6716 amount += ind_unclosed;
6717 }
6718 /*
6719 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6720 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6721 * lines:
6722 * func_long_name( if (x
6723 * arg && yy
6724 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6725 */
6726 if (cur_amount < amount)
6727 amount = cur_amount;
6728 }
6729 }
6730
6731 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6732 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6733 amount += ind_comment;
6734 }
6735
6736 /*
6737 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6738 */
6739 else
6740 {
6741 trypos = tryposBrace;
6742
6743 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6744 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6745
6746 /*
6747 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6748 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6749 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6750 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6751 */
6752 look = skipwhite(start);
6753 if (*look == '{')
6754 {
6755 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6756 amount = col;
6757 if (*start == '{')
6758 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6759 else
6760 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6761 }
6762 else
6763 {
6764 /*
6765 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6766 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6767 */
6768 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6769
6770 /*
6771 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6772 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6773 */
6774 lnum = ourscope;
6775 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6776 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6777 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6778 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6779
6780 /*
6781 * It could have been something like
6782 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6783 * ldfd) {
6784 * }
6785 */
6786 if (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
6787 amount = get_indent();
6788 else
6789 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6790
6791 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6792 }
6793
6794 /*
6795 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6796 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6797 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6798 */
6799 if (theline[0] == '}')
6800 {
6801 /*
6802 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6803 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6804 */
6805 amount += ind_close_extra;
6806 }
6807 else
6808 {
6809 /*
6810 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6811 * to match it with.
6812 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6813 * to match it with.
6814 */
6815 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6816 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6817 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6818 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6819 /* XXX */
6820 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6821 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6822 {
6823 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6824 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6825 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6826 {
6827 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6828 goto theend;
6829 }
6830 }
6831
6832 /*
6833 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6834 * failed to find a matching "if").
6835 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6836 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6837 */
6838
6839 /*
6840 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6841 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6842 * location for ind_open_extra.
6843 */
6844
6845 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6846 {
6847 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6848 }
6849 else
6850 {
6851 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6852 amount += ind_open_imag;
6853 else
6854 {
6855 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6856 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6857 if (amount < 0)
6858 amount = 0;
6859 }
6860 }
6861
6862 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6863
6864 if (cin_iscase(theline)) /* it's a switch() label */
6865 {
6866 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6867 amount += ind_case;
6868 }
6869 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
6870 {
6871 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
6872 amount += ind_scopedecl;
6873 }
6874 else
6875 {
6876 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
6877 lookfor_break = TRUE;
6878
6879 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6880 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
6881 }
6882 scope_amount = amount;
6883 whilelevel = 0;
6884
6885 /*
6886 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
6887 * with that.
6888 *
6889 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
6890 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
6891 * that opens the block.
6892 */
6893 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
6894 for (;;)
6895 {
6896 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
6897 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6898
6899 /*
6900 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
6901 * up with it.
6902 */
6903 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
6904 {
6905 /* we reached end of scope:
6906 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
6907 * go further back:
6908 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
6909 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
6910 * declaration:
6911 * int x,
6912 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
6913 */
6914 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6915 {
6916 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
6917 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
6918 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
6919 {
6920 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
6921 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
6922 * initialization) */
6923 if (cont_amount > 0)
6924 amount = cont_amount;
6925 else
6926 amount += ind_continuation;
6927 break;
6928 }
6929
6930 l = ml_get_curline();
6931
6932 /*
6933 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
6934 * comment.
6935 */
6936 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
6937 if (trypos != NULL)
6938 {
6939 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00006940 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006941 continue;
6942 }
6943
6944 /*
6945 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
6946 */
6947 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6948 continue;
6949
6950 if (cin_nocode(l))
6951 continue;
6952
6953 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
6954
6955 /*
6956 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
6957 * function declaration, we are done
6958 * (it's a variable declaration).
6959 */
6960 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
6961 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6962 {
6963 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
6964 * it is a continued variable initialization.
6965 * don't add extra indent.
6966 * TODO: does not work, if a function
6967 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
6968 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
6969 */
6970 if (terminated == ',')
6971 break;
6972
6973 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
6974 * we are done.
6975 */
6976 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
6977 break;
6978
6979 /* nothing useful found */
6980 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
6981 continue;
6982 }
6983
6984 if (terminated != ';')
6985 {
6986 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
6987 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
6988 * will take us back to the start of the line.
6989 */ /* XXX */
6990 trypos = NULL;
6991 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
6992 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6993 ind_maxcomment);
6994
6995 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
6996 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
6997
6998 if (trypos != NULL)
6999 {
7000 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007001 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007002 continue;
7003 }
7004 }
7005
7006 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
7007 * like in
7008 * int a,
7009 * b;
7010 */
7011 if (cont_amount > 0)
7012 amount = cont_amount;
7013 else
7014 amount += ind_continuation;
7015 }
7016 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7017 {
7018 if (cont_amount > 0)
7019 amount = cont_amount;
7020 else
7021 amount += ind_continuation;
7022 }
7023 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7024 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7025 {
7026 amount = scope_amount;
7027 if (theline[0] == '{')
7028 amount += ind_open_extra;
7029 }
7030 break;
7031 }
7032
7033 /*
7034 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7035 */ /* XXX */
7036 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7037 {
7038 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007039 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007040 continue;
7041 }
7042
7043 l = ml_get_curline();
7044
7045 /*
7046 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007047 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007048 */
7049 iscase = cin_iscase(l);
7050 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7051 {
7052 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
7053 * declaration/initialization any longer */
7054 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7055 break;
7056
7057 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
7058 * labels. */
7059 if (whilelevel > 0)
7060 continue;
7061
7062 /*
7063 * case xx:
7064 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
7065 *-> here;
7066 */
7067 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7068 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7069 {
7070 if (cont_amount > 0)
7071 amount = cont_amount;
7072 else
7073 amount += ind_continuation;
7074 break;
7075 }
7076
7077 /*
7078 * case xx: <- line up with this case
7079 * x = 333;
7080 * case yy:
7081 */
7082 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
7083 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
7084 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
7085 {
7086 /*
7087 * Check that this case label is not for another
7088 * switch()
7089 */ /* XXX */
7090 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
7091 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
7092 {
7093 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7094 break;
7095 }
7096 continue;
7097 }
7098
7099 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
7100
7101 /*
7102 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7103 * y = y + 1;
7104 * -> s = 99;
7105 *
7106 * case xx:
7107 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
7108 * y = y + 1;
7109 * -> s = 99;
7110 */
7111 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7112 {
7113 if (n)
7114 amount = n;
7115
7116 if (!lookfor_break)
7117 break;
7118 }
7119
7120 /*
7121 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
7122 * -> y = y + 1;
7123 *
7124 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7125 * -> y = y + 1;
7126 */
7127 if (n)
7128 {
7129 amount = n;
7130 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7131 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007132 {
7133 if (theline[0] == '{')
7134 amount += ind_open_extra;
7135 else
7136 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7137 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007138 break;
7139 }
7140
7141 /*
7142 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
7143 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
7144 * switch label.
7145 * break; <- may line up with this line
7146 * case xx:
7147 * -> y = 1;
7148 */
7149 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
7150 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
7151 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
7152 continue;
7153 }
7154
7155 /*
7156 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
7157 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
7158 */
7159 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
7160 {
7161 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
7162 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007163 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007164 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007165 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7166 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007167 continue;
7168 }
7169
7170 /*
7171 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
7172 */
7173 if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
7174 {
7175 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7176 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
7177 continue;
7178 }
7179
7180 /*
7181 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
7182 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
7183 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
7184 * unlocked it)
7185 */
7186 l = ml_get_curline();
7187 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
7188 || cin_nocode(l))
7189 continue;
7190
7191 /*
7192 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7193 * constructor initialization?
7194 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007195 n = FALSE;
7196 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
7197 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007198 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007199 l = ml_get_curline();
7200 }
7201 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007202 {
7203 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7204 {
7205 if (cont_amount > 0)
7206 amount = cont_amount;
7207 else
7208 amount += ind_continuation;
7209 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007210 else if (theline[0] == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007211 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007212 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
7213 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7214 ind_continuation = 0;
7215 continue;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007216 }
7217 else
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007218 /* XXX */
7219 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7220 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007221 break;
7222 }
7223 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7224 {
7225 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007226 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
7227 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007228 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
7229 break;
7230 else
7231 continue;
7232 }
7233
7234 /*
7235 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
7236 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007237 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007238 * 123,
7239 * sizeof
7240 * here
7241 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
7242 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
7243 * (indented).
7244 */
7245 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7246
7247 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7248 && terminated == ','))
7249 {
7250 /*
7251 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
7252 * go back to the line that starts it so
7253 * we can get the right prevailing indent
7254 * if ( foo &&
7255 * bar )
7256 */
7257 /*
7258 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7259 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7260 */
7261 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7262 trypos = find_match_paren(
7263 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
7264 ind_maxcomment);
7265
7266 /*
7267 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
7268 * braces.
7269 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007270 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
7271 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007272 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7273
7274 if (trypos != NULL)
7275 {
7276 /*
7277 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7278 * handled above.
7279 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7280 * asdf)
7281 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007282 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007283 l = ml_get_curline();
7284 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7285 {
7286 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007287 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007288 continue;
7289 }
7290 }
7291
7292 /*
7293 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
7294 * indent from
7295 * char *usethis = "bla\
7296 * bla",
7297 * here;
7298 */
7299 if (terminated == ',')
7300 {
7301 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7302 {
7303 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7304 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7305 break;
7306 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007307 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007308 }
7309 }
7310
7311 /*
7312 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7313 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
7314 */
7315 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7316 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7317
7318 /*
7319 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
7320 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
7321 * while (not)
7322 * -> {
7323 * }
7324 */
7325 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7326 && theline[0] == '{')
7327 {
7328 amount = cur_amount;
7329 /*
7330 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
7331 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
7332 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
7333 * { 1, 2 },
7334 * -> { 3, 4 }
7335 */
7336 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
7337 amount += ind_open_extra;
7338
7339 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
7340 {
7341 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
7342 * class declaration or initialization */
7343 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7344 continue;
7345 }
7346 break;
7347 }
7348
7349 /*
7350 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
7351 * Also allow " } else".
7352 */
7353 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
7354 {
7355 /*
7356 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
7357 * with the last one.
7358 * if (cond)
7359 * 100 +
7360 * -> here;
7361 */
7362 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7363 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7364 {
7365 if (cont_amount > 0)
7366 amount = cont_amount;
7367 else
7368 amount += ind_continuation;
7369 break;
7370 }
7371
7372 /*
7373 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
7374 * are finished.
7375 * while (not)
7376 * -> here;
7377 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
7378 * before this is terminated.
7379 * yyy;
7380 * if (stat)
7381 * while (not)
7382 * xxx;
7383 * -> here;
7384 */
7385 amount = cur_amount;
7386 if (theline[0] == '{')
7387 amount += ind_open_extra;
7388 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7389 {
7390 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7391 break;
7392 }
7393
7394 /*
7395 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
7396 * do, line up with the while()
7397 * do
7398 * x = 1;
7399 * -> here
7400 */
7401 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7402 if (cin_isdo(l))
7403 {
7404 if (whilelevel == 0)
7405 break;
7406 --whilelevel;
7407 }
7408
7409 /*
7410 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7411 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7412 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7413 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7414 */
7415 if (cin_iselse(l)
7416 && whilelevel == 0
7417 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7418 == NULL
7419 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7420 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7421 break;
7422 }
7423
7424 /*
7425 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7426 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007427 * add something for a continuation line, depending on
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007428 * the line before this one.
7429 */
7430 else
7431 {
7432 /*
7433 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7434 * the last one.
7435 * c = 99 +
7436 * 100 +
7437 * -> here;
7438 */
7439 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7440 {
7441 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7442 if (terminated == ',')
7443 amount += ind_continuation;
7444 break;
7445 }
7446
7447 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7448 {
7449 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7450 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7451 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7452 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7453 * enumerations/initializations. */
7454 if (terminated == ',')
7455 {
7456 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7457 break;
7458
7459 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7460 continue;
7461 }
7462
7463 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7464 * reduce indent. */
7465 if (amount > cur_amount)
7466 amount = cur_amount;
7467 }
7468 else
7469 {
7470 /*
7471 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7472 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7473 * 100 +
7474 * -> here;
7475 */
7476 amount = cur_amount;
7477
7478 /*
7479 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7480 * are in an initialization or enum
7481 * struct xxx =
7482 * {
7483 * sizeof a,
7484 * 124 };
7485 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7486 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7487 * yet.
7488 */
7489 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7490 {
7491 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7492 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7493 }
7494 else
7495 {
7496 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7497 && *l != NUL
7498 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7499 /* XXX */
7500 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7501 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7502 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7503 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7504 }
7505 }
7506 }
7507 }
7508
7509 /*
7510 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7511 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7512 */
7513 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007514 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
7515 ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007516 {
7517 /*
7518 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7519 * with the last one.
7520 * while (cond);
7521 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7522 * -> here;
7523 */
7524 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7525 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7526 {
7527 if (cont_amount > 0)
7528 amount = cont_amount;
7529 else
7530 amount += ind_continuation;
7531 break;
7532 }
7533
7534 if (whilelevel == 0)
7535 {
7536 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7537 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7538 if (theline[0] == '{')
7539 amount += ind_open_extra;
7540 }
7541 ++whilelevel;
7542 }
7543
7544 /*
7545 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7546 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7547 * indent of that other statement.
7548 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7549 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7550 */
7551 else
7552 {
7553 /*
7554 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7555 * may be lined up with the case label.
7556 */
7557 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7558 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7559 {
7560 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7561 continue;
7562 }
7563
7564 /*
7565 * Handle "do {" line.
7566 */
7567 if (whilelevel > 0)
7568 {
7569 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7570 if (cin_isdo(l))
7571 {
7572 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7573 --whilelevel;
7574 continue;
7575 }
7576 }
7577
7578 /*
7579 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7580 * the amount for a continuation line.
7581 * x = 1;
7582 * y = foo +
7583 * -> here;
7584 * or
7585 * int x = 1;
7586 * int foo,
7587 * -> here;
7588 */
7589 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7590 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7591 {
7592 if (cont_amount > 0)
7593 amount = cont_amount;
7594 else
7595 amount += ind_continuation;
7596 break;
7597 }
7598
7599 /*
7600 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7601 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7602 * x = 1; x = 1;
7603 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7604 * while (asdf) ->here;
7605 * here;
7606 * ->foo;
7607 */
7608 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7609 {
7610 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7611 break;
7612 }
7613
7614 /*
7615 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7616 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7617 * a terminated line.
7618 */
7619 else
7620 {
7621 /*
7622 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7623 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7624 * the line. Helps for:
7625 * func(asdr,
7626 * asdfasdf);
7627 * here;
7628 */
7629term_again:
7630 l = ml_get_curline();
7631 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7632 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7633 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7634 {
7635 /*
7636 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7637 * handled above.
7638 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7639 * asdf)
7640 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007641 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007642 l = ml_get_curline();
7643 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7644 {
7645 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007646 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007647 continue;
7648 }
7649 }
7650
7651 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7652 * with a statement after it.
7653 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7654 * stat;
7655 * }
7656 * case 2:
7657 * stat;
7658 * }
7659 */
7660 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l));
7661
7662 /*
7663 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7664 * ignoring any jump label.
7665 */
7666 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7667 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7668
7669 if (theline[0] == '{')
7670 amount += ind_open_extra;
7671 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007672 l = skipwhite(l);
7673 if (*l == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007674 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7675 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7676
7677 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007678 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
7679 * the matching "if":
7680 * else 3;
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00007681 * indent this;
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007682 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7683 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7684 */
7685 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
7686 && *l != '}'
7687 && cin_iselse(l)
7688 && whilelevel == 0)
7689 {
7690 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7691 == NULL
7692 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7693 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
7694 break;
7695 continue;
7696 }
7697
7698 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007699 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7700 * that block.
7701 */
7702 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7703 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7704 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7705 != NULL) /* XXX */
7706 {
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007707 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007708 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7709 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7710 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7711 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7712 goto term_again;
7713 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007714 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007715 }
7716 }
7717 }
7718 }
7719 }
7720 }
7721
7722 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7723 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7724 amount += ind_comment;
7725 }
7726
7727 /*
7728 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7729 *
7730 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7731 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7732 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7733 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7734 */
7735 else
7736 {
7737 /*
7738 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7739 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7740 * of a function
7741 */
7742
7743 if (theline[0] == '{')
7744 {
7745 amount = ind_first_open;
7746 }
7747
7748 /*
7749 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7750 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007751 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the
7752 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line
7753 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007754 */
7755 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7756 && !cin_nocode(theline)
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007757 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL
7758 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007759 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7760 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7761 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7762 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7763 {
7764 amount = ind_func_type;
7765 }
7766 else
7767 {
7768 amount = 0;
7769 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7770
7771 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7772
7773 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7774 {
7775 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7776 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7777
7778 l = ml_get_curline();
7779
7780 /*
7781 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7782 */ /* XXX */
7783 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7784 {
7785 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007786 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007787 continue;
7788 }
7789
7790 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007791 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7792 * constructor initialization?
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007793 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007794 n = FALSE;
7795 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
7796 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007797 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007798 l = ml_get_curline();
7799 }
7800 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007801 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007802 /* XXX */
7803 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7804 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007805 break;
7806 }
7807
7808 /*
7809 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7810 */
7811 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7812 continue;
7813
7814 if (cin_nocode(l))
7815 continue;
7816
7817 /*
7818 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7819 * indentation:
7820 * int foo,
7821 * bar;
7822 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7823 * enum foobar
7824 * {
7825 * ...
7826 * } foo,
7827 * bar;
7828 */
7829 n = 0;
7830 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7831 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7832 {
7833 /* take us back to opening paren */
7834 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7835 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7836 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007837 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007838
7839 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7840 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7841 * char *foo = "bla\
7842 * bla",
7843 * here;
7844 */
7845 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7846 {
7847 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7848 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7849 break;
7850 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007851 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007852 }
7853
7854 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7855
7856 if (amount == 0)
7857 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7858 if (amount == 0)
7859 amount = ind_continuation;
7860 break;
7861 }
7862
7863 /*
7864 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
7865 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
7866 */
7867 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
7868 break;
7869 l = ml_get_curline();
7870
7871 /*
7872 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
7873 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
7874 */
7875 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
7876 break;
7877
7878 /* (matching {)
7879 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
7880 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
7881 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
7882 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
7883 */
7884 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
7885 break;
7886
7887 /*
7888 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
7889 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
7890 * parameters.
7891 */
7892 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7893 {
7894 amount = ind_param;
7895 break;
7896 }
7897
7898 /*
7899 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
7900 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
7901 * int foo,
7902 * bar;
7903 * indent_to_0 here;
7904 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007905 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007906 {
7907 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7908 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7909 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
7910 break;
7911 l = ml_get_curline();
7912 }
7913
7914 /*
7915 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
7916 * use the indent of this line.
7917 *
7918 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7919 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7920 */
7921 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7922
7923 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7924 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007925 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007926 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7927 break;
7928 }
7929
7930 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7931 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7932 amount += ind_comment;
7933
7934 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
7935 * "asdfasdf\
7936 * here";
7937 * char *foo = "asdf\
7938 * here";
7939 */
7940 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
7941 {
7942 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7943 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7944 {
7945 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7946 if (cur_amount > 0)
7947 amount = cur_amount;
7948 else if (cur_amount == 0)
7949 amount += ind_continuation;
7950 }
7951 }
7952 }
7953 }
7954
7955theend:
7956 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
7957 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7958
7959 vim_free(linecopy);
7960
7961 if (amount < 0)
7962 return 0;
7963 return amount;
7964}
7965
7966 static int
7967find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
7968 int lookfor;
7969 linenr_T ourscope;
7970 int ind_maxparen;
7971 int ind_maxcomment;
7972{
7973 char_u *look;
7974 pos_T *theirscope;
7975 char_u *mightbeif;
7976 int elselevel;
7977 int whilelevel;
7978
7979 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
7980 {
7981 elselevel = 1;
7982 whilelevel = 0;
7983 }
7984 else
7985 {
7986 elselevel = 0;
7987 whilelevel = 1;
7988 }
7989
7990 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7991
7992 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
7993 {
7994 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7995 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7996
7997 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7998 if (cin_iselse(look)
7999 || cin_isif(look)
8000 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
8001 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8002 {
8003 /*
8004 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
8005 * we must be out of scope...
8006 */
8007 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
8008 if (theirscope == NULL)
8009 break;
8010
8011 /*
8012 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
8013 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
8014 * out of luck too.
8015 */
8016 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
8017 break;
8018
8019 /*
8020 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
8021 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
8022 * different scope...
8023 */
8024 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
8025 continue;
8026
8027 /*
8028 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
8029 * then we need to go back to another if, so
8030 * increment elselevel
8031 */
8032 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8033 if (cin_iselse(look))
8034 {
8035 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
8036 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
8037 ++elselevel;
8038 continue;
8039 }
8040
8041 /*
8042 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
8043 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
8044 */
8045 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8046 {
8047 ++whilelevel;
8048 continue;
8049 }
8050
8051 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
8052 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8053 if (cin_isif(look))
8054 {
8055 elselevel--;
8056 /*
8057 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
8058 * get in the way.
8059 */
8060 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8061 whilelevel = 0;
8062 }
8063
8064 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
8065 if (cin_isdo(look))
8066 whilelevel--;
8067
8068 /*
8069 * if we've used up all the elses, then
8070 * this must be the if that we want!
8071 * match the indent level of that if.
8072 */
8073 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
8074 {
8075 return OK;
8076 }
8077 }
8078 }
8079 return FAIL;
8080}
8081
8082# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8083/*
8084 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
8085 */
8086 int
8087get_expr_indent()
8088{
8089 int indent;
8090 pos_T pos;
8091 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00008092 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
8093 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008094
8095 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
8096 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008097 if (use_sandbox)
8098 ++sandbox;
8099 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008100 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008101 if (use_sandbox)
8102 --sandbox;
8103 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008104
8105 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
8106 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
8107 * command. */
8108 save_State = State;
8109 State = INSERT;
8110 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
8111 check_cursor();
8112 State = save_State;
8113
8114 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
8115 if (indent < 0)
8116 indent = get_indent();
8117
8118 return indent;
8119}
8120# endif
8121
8122#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
8123
8124#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
8125
8126static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
8127
8128 static int
8129lisp_match(p)
8130 char_u *p;
8131{
8132 char_u buf[LSIZE];
8133 int len;
8134 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
8135
8136 while (*word != NUL)
8137 {
8138 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
8139 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
8140 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
8141 return TRUE;
8142 }
8143 return FALSE;
8144}
8145
8146/*
8147 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
8148 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
8149 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
8150 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
8151 *
8152 * TODO:
8153 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
8154 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
8155 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
8156 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
8157 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
8158 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008159 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
8160 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008161 */
8162 int
8163get_lisp_indent()
8164{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008165 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008166 int amount;
8167 char_u *that;
8168 colnr_T col;
8169 colnr_T firsttry;
8170 int parencount, quotecount;
8171 int vi_lisp;
8172
8173 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
8174 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
8175
8176 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8177 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8178
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008179 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
8180 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8181 else
8182 {
8183 paren = *pos;
8184 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8185 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
8186 pos = &paren;
8187 }
8188 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008189 {
8190 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
8191 * line that is at the same () level. */
8192 amount = -1;
8193 parencount = 0;
8194
8195 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
8196 {
8197 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8198 continue;
8199 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
8200 {
8201 if (*that == ';')
8202 {
8203 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8204 ++that;
8205 continue;
8206 }
8207 if (*that == '\\')
8208 {
8209 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8210 ++that;
8211 continue;
8212 }
8213 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
8214 {
Bram Moolenaar15ff6c12006-09-15 18:18:09 +00008215 while (*++that && *that != '"')
8216 {
8217 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */
8218 if (*that == '\\')
8219 {
8220 if (*++that == NUL)
8221 break;
8222 if (that[1] == NUL)
8223 {
8224 ++that;
8225 break;
8226 }
8227 }
8228 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008229 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008230 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008231 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008232 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008233 --parencount;
8234 }
8235 if (parencount == 0)
8236 {
8237 amount = get_indent();
8238 break;
8239 }
8240 }
8241
8242 if (amount == -1)
8243 {
8244 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8245 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
8246 col = pos->col;
8247
8248 that = ml_get_curline();
8249
8250 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
8251 amount = 2;
8252 else
8253 {
8254 amount = 0;
8255 while (*that && col)
8256 {
8257 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
8258 col--;
8259 }
8260
8261 /*
8262 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
8263 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
8264 *
8265 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
8266 * (...)) of (...))
8267 */
8268
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008269 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8270 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008271 amount += 2;
8272 else
8273 {
8274 that++;
8275 amount++;
8276 firsttry = amount;
8277
8278 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8279 {
8280 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8281 ++that;
8282 }
8283
8284 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
8285 {
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00008286 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008287 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008288 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008289 firsttry++;
8290
8291 parencount = 0;
8292 quotecount = 0;
8293
8294 if (vi_lisp
8295 || (*that != '"'
8296 && *that != '\''
8297 && *that != '#'
8298 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
8299 {
8300 while (*that
8301 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
8302 || quotecount
8303 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008304 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008305 && !quotecount
8306 && !parencount
8307 && vi_lisp)))
8308 {
8309 if (*that == '"')
8310 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008311 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8312 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008313 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008314 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
8315 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008316 --parencount;
8317 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
8318 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8319 (colnr_T)amount);
8320 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8321 (colnr_T)amount);
8322 }
8323 }
8324 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8325 {
8326 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8327 that++;
8328 }
8329 if (!*that || *that == ';')
8330 amount = firsttry;
8331 }
8332 }
8333 }
8334 }
8335 }
8336 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008337 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008338
8339 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
8340
8341 return amount;
8342}
8343#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
8344
8345 void
8346prepare_to_exit()
8347{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008348#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
8349 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
8350 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
8351 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00008352 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
8353#endif
8354
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008355#ifdef FEAT_GUI
8356 if (gui.in_use)
8357 {
8358 gui.dying = TRUE;
8359 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
8360 }
8361 else
8362#endif
8363 {
8364 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
8365
8366 /*
8367 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
8368 * screen (if there are two screens).
8369 */
8370 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
8371#ifdef WIN3264
8372 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
8373#endif
8374 stoptermcap();
8375 out_flush();
8376 }
8377}
8378
8379/*
8380 * Preserve files and exit.
8381 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
8382 */
8383 void
8384preserve_exit()
8385{
8386 buf_T *buf;
8387
8388 prepare_to_exit();
8389
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00008390 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
8391 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
8392 really_exiting = TRUE;
8393
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008394 out_str(IObuff);
8395 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8396 out_flush();
8397
8398 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
8399
8400 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
8401 {
8402 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
8403 {
8404 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
8405 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8406 out_flush();
8407 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
8408 break;
8409 }
8410 }
8411
8412 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
8413
8414 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
8415
8416 getout(1);
8417}
8418
8419/*
8420 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
8421 */
8422 int
8423vim_fexists(fname)
8424 char_u *fname;
8425{
8426 struct stat st;
8427
8428 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
8429 return FALSE;
8430 return TRUE;
8431}
8432
8433/*
8434 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8435 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8436 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8437 * time, because it can be a system call.
8438 */
8439
8440#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8441# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8442# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8443# else
8444# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8445# endif
8446#endif
8447
8448static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8449
8450 void
8451line_breakcheck()
8452{
8453 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8454 {
8455 breakcheck_count = 0;
8456 ui_breakcheck();
8457 }
8458}
8459
8460/*
8461 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8462 */
8463 void
8464fast_breakcheck()
8465{
8466 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8467 {
8468 breakcheck_count = 0;
8469 ui_breakcheck();
8470 }
8471}
8472
8473/*
Bram Moolenaard7834d32009-12-02 16:14:36 +00008474 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern.
8475 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion.
8476 * Returns OK or FAIL.
8477 */
8478 int
8479expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags)
8480 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */
8481 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8482 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8483 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8484{
8485 int ret = FAIL;
8486 char_u *eval_pat = NULL;
8487 char_u *exp_pat = *pat;
8488 char_u *ignored_msg;
8489 int usedlen;
8490
8491 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<')
8492 {
8493 ++emsg_off;
8494 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen,
8495 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL);
8496 --emsg_off;
8497 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8498 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen);
8499 }
8500
8501 if (exp_pat != NULL)
8502 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags);
8503
8504 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8505 {
8506 vim_free(exp_pat);
8507 vim_free(eval_pat);
8508 }
8509
8510 return ret;
8511}
8512
8513/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008514 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8515 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00008516 * Returns OK or FAIL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008517 */
8518 int
8519expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8520 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8521 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8522 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8523 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8524 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8525{
8526 int retval;
8527 int i, j;
8528 char_u *p;
8529 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8530
8531 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8532
8533 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
8534 if (flags & EW_KEEPALL)
8535 return retval;
8536
8537#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8538 /*
8539 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8540 */
8541 if (*p_wig)
8542 {
8543 char_u *ffname;
8544
8545 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8546 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8547 {
8548 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8549 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8550 break;
8551# ifdef VMS
8552 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8553# endif
8554 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8555 {
8556 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8557 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8558 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8559 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8560 --*num_file;
8561 --i;
8562 }
8563 vim_free(ffname);
8564 }
8565 }
8566#endif
8567
8568 /*
8569 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8570 */
8571 if (*num_file > 1)
8572 {
8573 non_suf_match = 0;
8574 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8575 {
8576 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8577 {
8578 /*
8579 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8580 * of the list.
8581 */
8582 p = (*file)[i];
8583 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8584 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8585 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8586 }
8587 }
8588 }
8589
8590 return retval;
8591}
8592
8593/*
8594 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8595 */
8596 int
8597match_suffix(fname)
8598 char_u *fname;
8599{
8600 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8601 char_u *setsuf;
8602#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8603 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8604
8605 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8606 setsuflen = 0;
8607 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8608 {
8609 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
Bram Moolenaar055a2ba2009-07-14 19:40:21 +00008610 if (setsuflen == 0)
8611 {
8612 char_u *tail = gettail(fname);
8613
8614 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */
8615 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL)
8616 {
8617 setsuflen = 1;
8618 break;
8619 }
8620 }
8621 else
8622 {
8623 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8624 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8625 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8626 break;
8627 setsuflen = 0;
8628 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008629 }
8630 return (setsuflen != 0);
8631}
8632
8633#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8634
8635# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8636static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8637static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8638# endif
8639
8640# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8641/*
8642 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8643 * it's shared between these systems.
8644 */
8645# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8646# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8647# else
8648# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8649# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8650# endif
8651# endif
8652
8653/*
8654 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8655 */
8656 static int _cdecl
8657pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8658{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008659 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008660}
8661
8662# ifndef WIN3264
8663 static void
8664namelowcpy(
8665 char_u *d,
8666 char_u *s)
8667{
8668# ifdef DJGPP
8669 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8670 while (*s)
8671 *d++ = *s++;
8672 else
8673# endif
8674 while (*s)
8675 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8676 *d = NUL;
8677}
8678# endif
8679
8680/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008681 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8682 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008683 * Return the number of matches found.
8684 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8685 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008686 * Return the number of matches found.
8687 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008688 */
8689 static int
8690dos_expandpath(
8691 garray_T *gap,
8692 char_u *path,
8693 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008694 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00008695 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008696{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008697 char_u *buf;
8698 char_u *path_end;
8699 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8700 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8701 char_u *pat;
8702 regmatch_T regmatch;
8703 int starts_with_dot;
8704 int matches;
8705 int len;
8706 int starstar = FALSE;
8707 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008708#ifdef WIN3264
8709 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8710 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8711# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8712 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8713 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8714# endif
8715#else
8716 struct ffblk fb;
8717#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008718 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008719 int ok;
8720
8721 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8722 if (stardepth > 0)
8723 {
8724 ui_breakcheck();
8725 if (got_int)
8726 return 0;
8727 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008728
8729 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008730 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008731 if (buf == NULL)
8732 return 0;
8733
8734 /*
8735 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8736 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8737 */
8738 p = buf;
8739 s = buf;
8740 e = NULL;
8741 path_end = path;
8742 while (*path_end != NUL)
8743 {
8744 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8745 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8746 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8747 *p++ = *path_end++;
8748 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8749 {
8750 if (e != NULL)
8751 break;
8752 s = p + 1;
8753 }
8754 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8755 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8756 e = p;
8757#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8758 if (has_mbyte)
8759 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008760 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008761 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8762 p += len;
8763 path_end += len;
8764 }
8765 else
8766#endif
8767 *p++ = *path_end++;
8768 }
8769 e = p;
8770 *e = NUL;
8771
8772 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8773 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8774 * component. */
8775 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8776 if (rem_backslash(p))
8777 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00008778 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008779 --e;
8780 --s;
8781 }
8782
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008783 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8784 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8785 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8786 starstar = TRUE;
8787
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008788 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8789 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8790 if (pat == NULL)
8791 {
8792 vim_free(buf);
8793 return 0;
8794 }
8795
8796 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8797 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8798 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8799 vim_free(pat);
8800
8801 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8802 {
8803 vim_free(buf);
8804 return 0;
8805 }
8806
8807 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8808 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8809
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008810 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8811 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8812 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8813 && *path_end == '/')
8814 {
8815 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8816 ++stardepth;
8817 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8818 --stardepth;
8819 }
8820
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008821 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8822 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8823#ifdef WIN3264
8824# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8825 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8826 {
8827 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8828 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8829 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008830 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008831 if (wn != NULL)
8832 {
8833 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8834 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8835 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8836 {
8837 vim_free(wn);
8838 wn = NULL;
8839 }
8840 }
8841 }
8842
8843 if (wn == NULL)
8844# endif
8845 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8846 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8847#else
8848 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8849 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8850 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8851#endif
8852
8853 while (ok)
8854 {
8855#ifdef WIN3264
8856# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8857 if (wn != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008858 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008859 else
8860# endif
8861 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8862#else
8863 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
8864#endif
8865 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
8866 * all entries found with "matchname". */
8867 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8868 && (matchname == NULL
8869 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
8870 {
8871#ifdef WIN3264
8872 STRCPY(s, p);
8873#else
8874 namelowcpy(s, p);
8875#endif
8876 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008877
8878 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8879 {
8880 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8881 * find matches. */
8882 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8883 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8884 ++stardepth;
8885 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8886 --stardepth;
8887 }
8888
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008889 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8890 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
8891 {
8892 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8893 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008894 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008895 }
8896 else
8897 {
8898 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8899 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8900 if (*path_end != 0)
8901 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8902 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8903 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8904 }
8905 }
8906
8907#ifdef WIN3264
8908# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8909 if (wn != NULL)
8910 {
8911 vim_free(p);
8912 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
8913 }
8914 else
8915# endif
8916 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
8917#else
8918 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
8919#endif
8920
8921 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
8922 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
8923 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
8924 {
8925 STRCPY(s, matchname);
8926#ifdef WIN3264
8927 FindClose(hFind);
8928# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8929 if (wn != NULL)
8930 {
8931 vim_free(wn);
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008932 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008933 if (wn != NULL)
8934 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8935 }
8936 if (wn == NULL)
8937# endif
8938 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8939 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8940#else
8941 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8942 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8943#endif
8944 vim_free(matchname);
8945 matchname = NULL;
8946 }
8947 }
8948
8949#ifdef WIN3264
8950 FindClose(hFind);
8951# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8952 vim_free(wn);
8953# endif
8954#endif
8955 vim_free(buf);
8956 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
8957 vim_free(matchname);
8958
8959 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
8960 if (matches > 0)
8961 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
8962 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
8963 return matches;
8964}
8965
8966 int
8967mch_expandpath(
8968 garray_T *gap,
8969 char_u *path,
8970 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
8971{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008972 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008973}
8974# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
8975
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008976#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
8977 || defined(PROTO)
8978/*
8979 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
8980 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
8981 */
8982static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
8983
8984 static int
8985pstrcmp(a, b)
8986 const void *a, *b;
8987{
8988 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
8989}
8990
8991/*
8992 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8993 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
8994 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8995 * at "path + wildoff".
8996 * Return the number of matches found.
8997 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
8998 */
8999 int
9000unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
9001 garray_T *gap;
9002 char_u *path;
9003 int wildoff;
9004 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9005 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
9006{
9007 char_u *buf;
9008 char_u *path_end;
9009 char_u *p, *s, *e;
9010 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
9011 char_u *pat;
9012 regmatch_T regmatch;
9013 int starts_with_dot;
9014 int matches;
9015 int len;
9016 int starstar = FALSE;
9017 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
9018
9019 DIR *dirp;
9020 struct dirent *dp;
9021
9022 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
9023 if (stardepth > 0)
9024 {
9025 ui_breakcheck();
9026 if (got_int)
9027 return 0;
9028 }
9029
9030 /* make room for file name */
9031 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
9032 if (buf == NULL)
9033 return 0;
9034
9035 /*
9036 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
9037 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
9038 */
9039 p = buf;
9040 s = buf;
9041 e = NULL;
9042 path_end = path;
9043 while (*path_end != NUL)
9044 {
9045 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
9046 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
9047 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
9048 *p++ = *path_end++;
9049 else if (*path_end == '/')
9050 {
9051 if (e != NULL)
9052 break;
9053 s = p + 1;
9054 }
9055 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
9056 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
9057 e = p;
9058#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9059 if (has_mbyte)
9060 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00009061 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009062 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
9063 p += len;
9064 path_end += len;
9065 }
9066 else
9067#endif
9068 *p++ = *path_end++;
9069 }
9070 e = p;
9071 *e = NUL;
9072
9073 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
9074 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
9075 * component. */
9076 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
9077 if (rem_backslash(p))
9078 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00009079 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009080 --e;
9081 --s;
9082 }
9083
9084 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
9085 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
9086 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
9087 starstar = TRUE;
9088
9089 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
9090 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
9091 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
9092 if (pat == NULL)
9093 {
9094 vim_free(buf);
9095 return 0;
9096 }
9097
9098 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00009099#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009100 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
9101#else
9102 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ever ignore case */
9103#endif
9104 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
9105 vim_free(pat);
9106
9107 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
9108 {
9109 vim_free(buf);
9110 return 0;
9111 }
9112
9113 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
9114 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
9115 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
9116 && *path_end == '/')
9117 {
9118 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
9119 ++stardepth;
9120 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
9121 --stardepth;
9122 }
9123
9124 /* open the directory for scanning */
9125 *s = NUL;
9126 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
9127
9128 /* Find all matching entries */
9129 if (dirp != NULL)
9130 {
9131 for (;;)
9132 {
9133 dp = readdir(dirp);
9134 if (dp == NULL)
9135 break;
9136 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
9137 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
9138 {
9139 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
9140 len = STRLEN(buf);
9141
9142 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
9143 {
9144 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
9145 * find matches. */
9146 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
9147 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
9148 ++stardepth;
9149 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
9150 --stardepth;
9151 }
9152
9153 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
9154 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
9155 {
9156 /* need to expand another component of the path */
9157 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9158 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
9159 }
9160 else
9161 {
9162 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
9163 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9164 if (*path_end != NUL)
9165 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
9166 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
9167 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009168#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009169 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
9170 char_u *precomp_buf =
9171 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009172
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009173 if (precomp_buf)
9174 {
9175 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
9176 vim_free(precomp_buf);
9177 }
9178#endif
9179 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
9180 }
9181 }
9182 }
9183 }
9184
9185 closedir(dirp);
9186 }
9187
9188 vim_free(buf);
9189 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9190
9191 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9192 if (matches > 0)
9193 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
9194 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9195 return matches;
9196}
9197#endif
9198
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009199/*
9200 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
9201 *
9202 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
9203 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
9204 *
9205 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
9206 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
9207 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
9208 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
9209 */
9210 int
9211gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
9212 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
9213 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
9214 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
9215 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
9216 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9217{
9218 int i;
9219 garray_T ga;
9220 char_u *p;
9221 static int recursive = FALSE;
9222 int add_pat;
9223
9224 /*
9225 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
9226 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
9227 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
9228 * return FAIL.
9229 */
9230 if (recursive)
9231#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9232 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9233#else
9234 return FAIL;
9235#endif
9236
9237#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9238 /*
9239 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
9240 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
9241 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
9242 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
9243 */
9244 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
9245 {
9246 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
9247# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9248 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
9249# endif
9250 )
9251 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9252 }
9253#endif
9254
9255 recursive = TRUE;
9256
9257 /*
9258 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
9259 */
9260 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
9261
9262 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
9263 {
9264 add_pat = -1;
9265 p = pat[i];
9266
9267#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9268 if (vim_backtick(p))
9269 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
9270 else
9271#endif
9272 {
9273 /*
9274 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
9275 */
9276 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9277 {
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00009278 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009279 if (p == NULL)
9280 p = pat[i];
9281#ifdef UNIX
9282 /*
9283 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
9284 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
9285 * found file names and start all over again.
9286 */
9287 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9288 {
9289 vim_free(p);
Bram Moolenaar782027e2009-06-24 14:25:49 +00009290 ga_clear_strings(&ga);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009291 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
9292 flags);
9293 recursive = FALSE;
9294 return i;
9295 }
9296#endif
9297 }
9298
9299 /*
9300 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
9301 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
9302 * the pattern.
9303 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
9304 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
9305 */
9306 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
9307 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
9308 }
9309
9310 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
9311 {
9312 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
9313
9314#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
9315 slash_to_colon(t);
9316#endif
9317 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
9318 * "vim c:/" work. */
9319 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
9320 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
9321 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
9322 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
9323 vim_free(t);
9324 }
9325
9326 if (p != pat[i])
9327 vim_free(p);
9328 }
9329
9330 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
9331 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
9332
9333 recursive = FALSE;
9334
9335 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
9336}
9337
9338# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9339
9340/*
9341 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
9342 */
9343 static int
9344vim_backtick(p)
9345 char_u *p;
9346{
9347 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
9348}
9349
9350/*
9351 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
9352 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
9353 * Returns number of file names found.
9354 */
9355 static int
9356expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
9357 garray_T *gap;
9358 char_u *pat;
9359 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9360{
9361 char_u *p;
9362 char_u *cmd;
9363 char_u *buffer;
9364 int cnt = 0;
9365 int i;
9366
9367 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
9368 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
9369 if (cmd == NULL)
9370 return 0;
9371
9372#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
9373 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00009374 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009375 else
9376#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009377 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
9378 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009379 vim_free(cmd);
9380 if (buffer == NULL)
9381 return 0;
9382
9383 cmd = buffer;
9384 while (*cmd != NUL)
9385 {
9386 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
9387 p = cmd;
9388 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
9389 ++p;
9390 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
9391 if (p > cmd)
9392 {
9393 i = *p;
9394 *p = NUL;
9395 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
9396 *p = i;
9397 ++cnt;
9398 }
9399 cmd = p;
9400 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
9401 ++cmd;
9402 }
9403
9404 vim_free(buffer);
9405 return cnt;
9406}
9407# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
9408
9409/*
9410 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
9411 * EW_DIR add directories
9412 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009413 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009414 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
9415 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
9416 */
9417 void
9418addfile(gap, f, flags)
9419 garray_T *gap;
9420 char_u *f; /* filename */
9421 int flags;
9422{
9423 char_u *p;
9424 int isdir;
9425
9426 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
9427 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
9428 return;
9429
9430#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
9431 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
9432 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
9433 return;
9434#endif
9435
9436 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
9437 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
9438 return;
9439
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009440 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
9441 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
9442 return;
9443
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009444 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
9445 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9446 return;
9447
9448 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
9449 if (p == NULL)
9450 return;
9451
9452 STRCPY(p, f);
9453#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
9454 slash_adjust(p);
9455#endif
9456 /*
9457 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
9458 */
9459#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
9460 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
9461 add_pathsep(p);
9462#endif
9463 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009464}
9465#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
9466
9467#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
9468
9469#ifndef SEEK_SET
9470# define SEEK_SET 0
9471#endif
9472#ifndef SEEK_END
9473# define SEEK_END 2
9474#endif
9475
9476/*
9477 * Get the stdout of an external command.
9478 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
9479 */
9480 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009481get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009482 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009483 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009484 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
9485{
9486 char_u *tempname;
9487 char_u *command;
9488 char_u *buffer = NULL;
9489 int len;
9490 int i = 0;
9491 FILE *fd;
9492
9493 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
9494 return NULL;
9495
9496 /* get a name for the temp file */
9497 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
9498 {
9499 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
9500 return NULL;
9501 }
9502
9503 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009504 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009505 if (command == NULL)
9506 goto done;
9507
9508 /*
9509 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
9510 * Don't check timestamps here.
9511 */
9512 ++no_check_timestamps;
9513 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
9514 --no_check_timestamps;
9515
9516 vim_free(command);
9517
9518 /*
9519 * read the names from the file into memory
9520 */
9521# ifdef VMS
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00009522 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009523 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
9524# else
9525 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
9526# endif
9527
9528 if (fd == NULL)
9529 {
9530 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
9531 goto done;
9532 }
9533
9534 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
9535 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
9536 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
9537
9538 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
9539 if (buffer != NULL)
9540 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
9541 fclose(fd);
9542 mch_remove(tempname);
9543 if (buffer == NULL)
9544 goto done;
9545#ifdef VMS
9546 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
9547#endif
9548 if (i != len)
9549 {
9550 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
9551 vim_free(buffer);
9552 buffer = NULL;
9553 }
9554 else
9555 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
9556
9557done:
9558 vim_free(tempname);
9559 return buffer;
9560}
9561#endif
9562
9563/*
9564 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
9565 * functions.
9566 */
9567 void
9568FreeWild(count, files)
9569 int count;
9570 char_u **files;
9571{
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00009572 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009573 return;
9574#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
9575 /*
9576 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
9577 * been used???
9578 */
9579 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
9580#else
9581 while (count--)
9582 vim_free(files[count]);
9583 vim_free(files);
9584#endif
9585}
9586
9587/*
9588 * return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
9589 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
9590 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
9591 */
9592 int
9593goto_im()
9594{
9595 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
9596}